where science meets art.
2021
annual report
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Dear Shareholders,
Our past fiscal year, ending June 30, 2021, was extraordinary, for both society and for our organization.
During this unprecedented time, we made substantial progress across key areas of our business, including
enlarging our infrastructure, growing our talent, deepening our long-standing commitment to sustainability
practices, and accelerating our growth strategy, all while delivering record financial results.
In response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, we scaled our capacity to meet demand for vaccines and
treatments. At the same time, we continued to develop and manufacture a broad range of other important
medicines and consumer products to address the needs of millions of patients and consumers. None of
this would have been possible without our more than 17,000 team members, whose dedication allowed us
to advance the company, elevate our brand within the biopharma industry, and deliver for customers and
patients during this tumultuous period.
The pandemic showcased the depth and breadth of our capabilities and highlighted our important role
in the healthcare system. As we look ahead, we will use our greater knowledge, new capabilities, and
strengthened partnerships to accelerate our mission to develop and deliver products that ultimately allow
people to live better, healthier lives.
FISCAL 2021 IN REVIEW
COVID-19 Response: Meeting the Needs of Customers and Patients Worldwide While Keeping Our
Employees Safe
uniquely positioned at the onset of the pandemic to support the biopharmaceutical industry in developing
and manufacturing COVID-19 vaccines and therapies. As the scope of the pandemic became apparent, we
accelerated additional investments in our capacity, including:
•
•
•
•
The launch of two dedicated vial filling lines in Bloomington, Indiana;
The rapid scale-up of our drug product capabilities in Anagni, Italy;
Increased viral vector manufacturing capacity in Harmans, Maryland; and
Two new suites at our biologics drug substance development and
manufacturing facility in Madison, Wisconsin.
Since the start of the pandemic, we’ve been awarded work on approximately 100 unique potential COVID-19
vaccines and therapies. Our unique position enabled us to make hundreds of millions of COVID-19 vaccine
doses since December 2020, and we now have the manufacturing capability and capacity to produce
billions of COVID-19 vaccine doses over the next few years, including more than one billion vaccine doses in
calendar year 2021.
In addition to meeting the demands of customers and patients, our top priority throughout the pandemic
has been to keep our people safe. We are proud that the comprehensive safety protocols we implemented,
combined with the persistence, dedication, and flexibility of our employees, enabled us to avoid any
significant business disruption. And we are equally proud of the new measures we put in place to support
our employees during the pandemic, including flexible work where possible, implementing COVID-19 sick
pay, and investing in mental health and family-support initiatives. We also issued “thank you” bonuses to
our frontline employees, which have totaled more than $20 million since the beginning of the pandemic.
These actions showed us new ways of working and supporting our people that will continue beyond the
eventual end of the pandemic.
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Investing in Growth
In fiscal 2020, we dedicated significant resources
toward continued, long-term organic growth.
Specifically, we significantly expanded our global
drug product capacity, completed the build out
of ten suites at our U.S. gene therapy commercial
manufacturing campus and began construction
of five additional suites, advanced our European
commercial buildout in cell therapy, invested
in cryogenic capabilities for clinical supplies
services, and worked toward the future launch
of our unique Zydis‰ Ultra dosage form.
In total, our capital investments, which were
principally directed to organic growth projects
in our Biologics segment, totaled $686 million in
fiscal 2021, a record level for the company and a
47% increase over the fiscal 2020 total of $466
million. We expect to continue our current pace
of organic growth investments in fiscal 2022,
which include the first phase of a planned $100
million expansion program to add biologics drug
substance manufacturing capabilities in Europe.
In addition to organic investments, we also
continued to acquire companies and other assets
to build platforms for future growth. Acquisitions
in fiscal 2021 totaled $147 million and included
adding capabilities and capacity in plasmid DNA
manufacturing, cell therapy manufacturing,
and dry powder inhaled dose forms.
And in August 2021, we agreed to purchase
Bettera, a major manufacturer in the high-growth
gummy, soft chew, and lozenge segments of the
nutritional supplements market, for $1 billion.
Assuming the satisfaction of customary closing
conditions, including necessary competition law
clearances, Bettera will help drive the growth
of our consumer healthcare business.
Financial Performance
Our financial position is strong. In fiscal 2021, our
Biologics business segment, which represented
approximately half of the company’s revenue in
the year, nearly doubled organically, which in turn
drove record overall growth rates for Catalent.
Fiscal 2021 net revenue of $4.00 billion increased
29% as reported, or 26% in constant currency,
compared to fiscal 2020, of which 25% was organic.1
Adjusted EBITDA was $1.0 billion for fiscal 2021,
representing constant-currency, organic growth of
32%, compared to fiscal 2020.2 Adjusted Net Income
per diluted share was $3.04, compared to $2.11
in fiscal 2020.3 We also further strengthened our
balance sheet in fiscal 2021 as we took advantage
of the favorable lending environment to refinance
a substantial portion of our long-term debt and
meaningfully reduce our weighted average interest
rate below 3%, while also pushing out our nearest
maturity to 2027. We ended the year with $967
million of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable
securities, and our net leverage ratio at June 30, 2021
was 2.2x, providing Catalent with the flexibility to
continue to make organic or inorganic investments
intended to further propel our long-term growth.
Corporate Responsibility
Enhancing our environmental, social, and corporate
governance (ESG) frameworks and metrics has
been an important objective for the company,
and I am extremely proud of the progress that
Catalent has made over the last several years.
Our approach prioritizes our impact on people,
the environment, and our communities. Our
Corporate Responsibility Council guides the
implementation of our strategy and has begun
delivering regular reports to our board of directors.
In May, we published our second annual Corporate
Responsibility Report, which tracked our progress
against ESG metrics that align with the standards set
by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
for the biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors.
Some of our notable areas of progress include:
• We developed a human rights statement,
which includes our commitment to perform
a third-party human rights assessment;
• New targets for waste and water reduction,
including our pledge to ensure that none
of our sites discharges wastewater with
concentrations of the active pharmaceutical
ingredients we handle above Predicted No
Effect Concentrations, or PNECs, which
often go beyond regulatory requirements;
1 Comparisons at “constant exchange rates” or in “constant currency” exclude the effects of foreign currency fluctuations against the U.S. dollar during the year. For a
discussion of this non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation of constant-currency results to our reported results, please see pages 50 and 60 of the enclosed Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 (our “2021 Form 10-K”). “Organic” net revenue refers to that portion of our net revenue after excluding
effects of businesses acquired or disposed of during the fiscal year.
2 For an explanation of how we determine Adjusted EBITDA, a financial measure that is not computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (“GAAP”), and how this financial measure reconciles to our reported results, please see pages 49-50 and 60 of our 2021 Form 10-K.
3 For an explanation of how we determine Adjusted Net Income per diluted share, a non-GAAP measure, and how this financial measure reconciles to our reported
results, please see pages 50 and 61 of our 2021 Form 10-K.
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
• Our recent announcement that 97% of
our electricity usage across our global
network is now being procured from
renewable energy sources such as wind,
solar, hydroelectric, and biomass;
• Our largest-ever philanthropic contribution
total, with a substantial portion of our gifts
focused on the interconnected COVID-19
and social inequality crises; and
•
Doubling the number of our employee resource
groups (ERGs) to eight, each sponsored by a
member of our executive leadership team, to
ensure that we continue to embrace our diversity,
learn from one another, and progress on our
talent recruitment and engagement goals.
While we are proud of our ESG accomplishments,
we need to do more, which is why Catalent
recently signed on with the Science-Based
Target initiative (SBTi), joining a growing list of
companies setting greenhouse gas emission
reduction targets to limit global warming.
LOOKING AHEAD
Catalent’s deep experience, long-standing
reputation for quality, and continued investments
in advanced technologies have made us a leader in
a dynamic and growing industry. We estimate that
the total spend by biopharmaceutical companies,
in the broad markets in which we participate, was
roughly $160 billion in 2020, with approximately
$60 billion outsourced to contract development
and manufacturing organizations (CDMOs)
like Catalent, representing an outsourcing rate
of 37%. We are operating in a fundamentally
strong market with solid secular tailwinds.
There are a number of powerful trends that we
expect to drive increased outsourcing and the
long-term growth of the CDMO industry.
•
Small and emerging biotechs have become the
innovation engine for big pharma, and these
smaller companies rely heavily on CDMOs
as experienced development partners and
for high-quality manufacturing capacity.
•
•
The market is shifting to more complex
modalities that are outsourced at much higher
rates. In the rapidly growing cell and gene
therapy area, for example, we estimate the
outsourced rate to be approximately 67%.
There is a robust and growing R&D pipeline,
particularly for biologics, which is growing
double-digits and is expected to drive more
than half of future pharma growth.
• Novel delivery formats are propelling strong
growth in nutritional supplements.
The effects of the pandemic have caused some of
these long-term growth drivers to be even more
pronounced in the near- to mid-term. Twenty years
ago, vertically integrated pharma companies would
have been challenged to accomplish what they
did during the pandemic by harnessing CDMO
capabilities to drive speed. There is a new level of
understanding of how important CDMOs are to the
overall biopharma industry. Our strong performance,
investment strategy, and portfolio transformation
have positioned us to further capitalize on these
favorable market trends, which recently led us to
increase our long-term net revenue growth target
to 8-10%, versus our previous target of 6-8%.
At Catalent, our innovation capabilities are critical to
bringing high-quality, advanced products to market.
New molecules and therapeutic modalities are
rapidly emerging, and keeping pace with the rate of
change in our industry continues to be critical to th
he
long-term impact we can have. Through our scient
ific
and technological know-how and efforts to suppor
t
innovation, we aim to be the partner of choice to
bring new therapies to manufacturing at scale.
On behalf of our employees and our board of
directors, I would like to express our appreciation
for your continued confidence in Catalent.
John R. Chiminski
Through our scientific and technological know-how and
efforts to support innovation, we aim to be the partner of
choice to bring new therapies to manufacturing at scale.
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Our Corporate Responsibility Commitment
our values in action
making decisions in alignment with our values, meeting our commitments, and contributing to the long-term
success of the broader biopharma industry and the communities where we operate. We prioritize environmental,
social and governance (ESG) areas that we know to be the most significant to our business.
into our strategic plan, ensures that we are operating and
CULTIVATING A VALUES-BASED CULTURE
Our Company culture is built upon the cornerstone value of Patient First. Our uncompromising approach to
product quality and compliance ensures we meet the highest standards for safety and efficacy as we reliably
supply our customers and their patients.
Our focus is on continuously building an inspiring values-based culture that attracts, develops, and retains the
biggest and best talent to advance our growth. The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrated how critical it was for
us to care for and prioritize our people so that they are motivated to come, stay, and more effectively deliver for
customers and patients. We know that our employees are proud of the role Catalent has played in the response
to the pandemic, and potential employees are drawn to our essential work across a broad range of products and
therapeutic categories.
Our human capital and culture strategies focus on cultivating a sense of belonging and inclusion for all
employees as a signature aspect of our culture. We are embracing our diversity, recognizing and acknowledging
our gaps where we find them … and are taking actions.
OPERATIONALIZING OUR VALUES
We embed CR into our operations by systematically and continuously assessing the maturity and performance
of CR programs at each of our sites and partnering with leaders to strengthen our people, environment, and
community efforts.
Our CR strategy, guided by our CR Council and informed by key stakeholders, focuses on three material areas for
our business and prioritizes our impact on society:
people
Putting patients first, investing in and showing respect for
employees, and promoting a responsible supply chain.
environment
Promoting a healthy and sustainable planet by reducing
greenhouse gas emissions, waste, and water use.
community
Giving back to our communities by investing our time, talent, and
resources to serve patients and promote science, technology,
engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education and training.
During the past year, we published our second annual CR Report, covering fiscal year 2020.
Our FY21 CR Report will highlight our most recent achievements including continuing to be a key player in
the global response to COVID, achieving our initial carbon emission reduction target before our deadline, and
committing to setting science-based targets.
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Corporate Responsibility Highlights
published our corporate
human rights statement
and commenced a third-party
human rights assessment,
a critical element of our
emerging responsible supply
chain initiative to align our
10,000-plus suppliers with
our industry’s standards for
responsible, reliable, and
sustainable partnership
set initial
targets for
reducing
our waste
generation &
water usage
transitioned 12 sites
to 100% renewable
electricity and completed
more than 100 energy-
efficiency projects—97%
of Catalent’s electricity
usage across its global
network is being
procured from renewable
energy sources
made our largest-ever
total philanthropic
contribution, with
a substantial portion
of our gifts focused
on our response to
the interconnected
COVID-19 and social
inequality crises
expanded external
partnerships and
further integrated our
employee resource
group (ERG) network
into our recruiting and
development efforts
to support our diverse
talent objectives
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Global Investment in Capabilities &
Technologies Driving Long-Term Growth
bloomington, in
Expanded our facility
with two additional fill/
finish lines; supporting the
projected supply of over a
billion COVID-19 vaccine
doses in calendar 2021
boston, ma
Acquired a facility to
serve as our global center
of excellence for spray-
dried dispersion and dry
powder encapsulation
and packaging
anagni, italy
Expanded our facility
with two additional fill/
finish lines; supporting the
projected supply of over a
billion COVID-19 vaccine
doses in calendar 2021
baltimore, md
Expanded our BWI Facility
with two additional
gene therapy suites;
supporting the projected
supply of over a billion
COVID-19 vaccine doses
in calendar 2021
gosselies, belgium
Expanded our Gosselies
campus with two buildings
for cell and plasmid
production to supplement
acquisition of a plasmid
DNA manufacturer
continuous investment
We have deployed ~$5 billion in capital since fiscal
2016 for strategic acquisitions and capital expenditures
to grow our business and lay the foundation for further
growth.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
or
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-36587
CATALENT, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
20-8737688
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
14 Schoolhouse Road
Somerset, New Jersey
(Address of principal executive offices)
08873
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (732) 537-6200
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
CTLT
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ý
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company ¨
Emerging growth company ¨
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes ☒ No
1
As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was
$17.71 billion. On August 23, 2021, there were 170,787,238 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and
outstanding.
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement relating to the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III
of this report.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
CATALENT, INC.
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021
Item
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
PART I
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
PART II
Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
PART III
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
PART IV
2
Page
3
6
24
39
40
40
40
41
43
44
63
64
121
121
121
122
122
122
122
122
122
123
127
128
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
PART I
In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 (this
“Annual Report”) of Catalent, Inc. (“Catalent” or the “Company”) contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. All statements,
other than statements of historical facts, included in this Annual Report are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can
identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,”
“continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “future,”
“forward,” “sustain” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words.
These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and
their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors they believe to be
appropriate. Any forward-looking statement is subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be
important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements.
Some of the factors that may cause actual results, developments, and business decisions to differ materially from those
contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under the section entitled
“Risk Factors” in this Annual Report, which are summarized below:
Summary of Principal Risk Factors
Any investment, including an investment in our common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”), involves risk.
The following summary highlights certain risks that an investor in our Common Stock should consider. The following should
be read in conjunction with the complete discussion of risk factors we face, which are set forth in "Item 1A. Risk Factors."
Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Our business, financial condition, and operations may be adversely affected by global health epidemics, including
the pandemic resulting from the SARS-Co-V-2 strain of coronavirus and its variants (“COVID-19”).
The continually evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting public health response, including the
changing demand for various COVID-19 vaccines and treatments from both patients and governments around the
world, may affect sales of the COVID-19 products we manufacture.
We participate in a highly competitive market, and increased competition may adversely affect our business.
The demand for our offerings depends in part on our customers’ research and development and the clinical and
market success of their products.
We are subject to product and other liability risks that could exceed our anticipated costs or adversely affect our
results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows.
We are a part of the highly regulated healthcare industry, subject to stringent regulatory standards and other
applicable laws and regulations, which can change unexpectedly and may adversely impact our business.
Any failure to implement fully, monitor, and improve our quality management strategy could lead to quality or
safety issues and expose us to significant costs, potential liability and adverse publicity.
If we cannot keep pace with rapid technological advances, our services may become uncompetitive or obsolete.
Any failure to protect or maintain our intellectual property may adversely affect our competitive edge and result in
loss of revenue and reputation.
Future price fluctuations, material shortages of raw materials, or changes in healthcare policies may have an adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial conditions.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
We may be unable to attract or retain key personnel.
We may be unsuccessful in integrating our acquisitions, and we may expend substantial amounts of cash and incur
debt in making acquisitions.
3
•
•
•
•
•
Our global operations are subject to economic, and political risks, which could affect the profitability of our
operations or require costly changes to our procedures.
As a global enterprise, fluctuations in the exchange rate of the United States ("U.S.") dollar, our reporting currency,
against other currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and results of operations.
Tax legislative or regulatory initiatives, new interpretations or developments concerning existing tax laws, or
challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We use advanced information and communication systems to run our operations, compile and analyze financial and
operational data, and communicate among our employees, customers, and counter-parties, and the risks generally
associated with information and communications systems could adversely affect our results of operations. We are
continuously working to install new, and upgrade existing, systems and provide employee awareness training
around phishing, malware, and other cyber security risks to enhance the protections available to us, but such
protections may be inadequate to address malicious attacks or inadvertent compromises of data security.
Cell and gene therapies are relatively new modes of treatment and subject to changing public opinion, continuing
research, and increased regulatory scrutiny, each of which may affect our customers' ability to conduct their
business, or obtain approvals for their therapies, and thereby adversely affect our cell or gene therapy offerings.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
•
•
•
•
Our substantial leverage could limit our ability to operate our business and to finance future operations or
acquisitions that would enhance our growth.
Our debt agreements contain restrictions that may limit our flexibility in conducting certain current and future
operations.
We may not be able to pay our indebtedness when it becomes due.
Our current and potential future use of derivative financial instruments may expose us to economic losses in the
event of price or currency fluctuations.
Risks Relating to Our Series A Preferred Stock
•
•
The outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 ("Series A Preferred Stock")
reduce the relative voting power of holders of our Common Stock, dilute the ownership of those holders, and may
adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.
The holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have special rights to exercise influence over us and our board of
directors.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
•
•
•
Our stock price has historically been and may continue to be volatile.
Because we have no plan to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future, receiving a return
on an investment in our Common Stock may require a sale for a net price greater than was paid for it.
Provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
We caution you that the risks, uncertainties, and other factors referenced above may not contain all of the risks,
uncertainties, and other factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results,
benefits, or developments that we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the
consequences or affect us or our business in the way expected. There can be no assurance that (i) we have correctly
measured or identified all of the factors affecting our business or the extent of these factors’ likely impact, (ii) the available
information with respect to these factors on which such analysis is based is complete or accurate, (iii) such analysis is
correct, or (iv) our strategy, which is based in part on this analysis, will be successful. All forward-looking statements in this
report apply only as of the date of this report or as of the date they were made and we undertake no obligation to publicly
update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise,
except as required by law.
4
We file annual, quarterly, and current reports and other information with and furnish additional information to the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at
www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our website (www.catalent.com) for free
via the “Investors” section as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material, or furnish it to, the SEC. We also use
our website, corporate Facebook page (https://www.facebook.com/CatalentPharmaSolutions), corporate LinkedIn page (https://
www.linkedin.com/company/catalent-pharma-solutions/) and corporate Twitter account (@catalentpharma) as channels of
distribution of information concerning our activities, our offerings, our various businesses, and other related matters. The
information we post through these channels may be deemed material. Accordingly, investors should monitor these channels, in
addition to following our press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts. The information we file with or
furnish to the SEC (other than the information set forth or incorporated in this Annual Report) or contained on or accessible
through our website, our social media channels, or any other website that we may maintain is not a part of this Annual Report.
Catalent References and Fiscal Year
Unless the context otherwise requires, in this Annual Report, the terms “Catalent,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our”
refer to Catalent, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All references to years in this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated, refer to fiscal
years beginning July 1 and ending June 30. All references to quarters, unless otherwise stated, refer to fiscal quarters. Fiscal
years are referred to by the calendar year in which they end. For example, “fiscal 2021” refers to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2021.
Trademarks and Service Marks
We have U.S. or foreign registration in the following marks, among others: Catalent®, Clinicopia®, CosmoPod®, Delphi
Genetics®, Easyburst®, FastChain®, FlexDirect®, Follow the Molecule®, Galacorin®, GPEx®, GPEx® Boost, GPEx® Lightning,
Graphicaps®, Liqui-Gels®, Manufacturing Miracles®, MaSTherCell®, Micron Technologies®, OmegaZero®, OneBio®,
OptiDose®, OptiForm®, OptiGel®, OptiGel® Bio, OptiGel® DR, OptiMelt®, OptiShell®, Paragon Bioservices®, PEEL-ID®,
Pharmatek®, RP Scherer®, Savorgel®, Scherer®, SMARTag®, Softdrop®, Staby®, StabyExpress®, SupplyFlex®, Vegicaps®,
Zydis®, and Zydis Ultra®. This Annual Report also includes trademarks and trade names owned by other parties, and these
trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective owners. We use certain other trademarks and service marks,
including, FlexDose™, OneExpress™ Solution, OptiPact™, and StartScore™ and on an unregistered basis in the U.S. and
abroad.
Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names identified in this Annual Report may appear
without the ®, SM, and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the
fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and
trade names.
5
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Overview
We provide differentiated development and manufacturing solutions for drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene
therapies, and consumer health products at over fifty facilities across four continents under rigorous quality and operational
standards. Our oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies, along with our state-of-the-art protein and cell and gene
therapy manufacturing capacity, address a wide and growing range of modalities and therapeutic and other categories across the
biopharmaceutical and consumer health industries. Through our extensive capabilities, growth-enabling capacity, and deep
expertise in product development, regulatory compliance, and clinical trial supply, we can help our customers take products to
market faster, including nearly half of new drug products approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) in
the last decade. Our development and manufacturing platforms, which include those in our Biologics, Softgel and Oral
Technologies, and Oral and Specialty Delivery segments, our proven formulation, supply, and regulatory expertise, and our
broad and deep development and manufacturing know-how enable our customers to advance and then bring to market more
products and better treatments for patients and consumers. Our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ and their
patients’ needs is the foundation for the value we provide; annually, we produce more than 70 billion doses for nearly 7,000
customer products, or approximately 1 in every 24 doses of such products taken each year by patients and consumers around
the world. We believe that, through our investments in state-of-the-art facilities and capacity expansion, including investments
in facilities focused on new treatment modalities and other attractive market segments, our continuous improvement activities
devoted to operational and quality excellence, the sales of existing and introduction of new customer products, and, in some
cases, our innovation activities and patents, we will continue to attract premium opportunities and realize the growth potential
from these areas.
We continue to invest in both our product and service offerings and our sales and marketing activities, leading to growth
in the number of active development programs for our customers. This has further enhanced our extensive, long-duration
relationships and long-term contracts with a broad and diverse range of industry-leading customers. In fiscal 2021, we
conducted business with 87 of the top 100 branded drug marketers, 23 of the top 25 generics marketers, 24 of the top 25
biologics marketers, and 17 of the top 25 consumer health marketers globally. Selected key customers include AstraZeneca,
Bristol-Myers Squibb, GlaxoSmithKline, Johnson & Johnson, Moderna, Pfizer, and Pierre Fabre. We have many long-standing
relationships with our customers, particularly those with commercial products, as we provide support and reliable supply
through each stage of the products’ lifecycles. A prescription pharmaceutical product relationship with an innovator will often
last many years—in several cases, two decades or more—extending from pre-clinical development through more mature stages
of the product’s life cycle. We serve customers requiring some combination of innovative product development, superior
quality, state-of-the-art manufacturing, and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs.
Our broad and diverse range of technologies closely integrates with all aspects of our customers’ final formulations and dose
forms, and this generally results in the inclusion of our facilities as manufacturing and testing sites in our customers’
prescription product regulatory filings. Both factors frequently translate to long-duration supply relationships at an individual
product level.
We believe our customers value us because our depth of development solutions and state-of-the-art manufacturing
technologies, continuous innovations and improvements, consistent and reliable supply, geographic reach, and substantial
expertise enable us to create a broad range of business and product solutions that can be customized to fit their individual needs.
Today we employ more than 8,000 highly trained direct manufacturing associates, as well as more than 2,500 formulation,
analytical development, and process scientists and technicians. We can also bring to bear when helpful to our customers more
than 1,300 patents and patent applications in advanced delivery platforms, drug and biologics formulation, and manufacturing.
The aim of our offerings is to allow our customers to bring more products to market faster and to develop and market
differentiated products that improve patient outcomes. We believe our leading market position and diversity of customers,
offerings, regulatory categories, products, and geographies reduce our exposure to potential strategic and product shifts within
our industries.
We provide a wide variety of proprietary and non-proprietary, differentiated technologies, products, and service offerings
to our customers across our development and manufacturing platforms, which we have advanced and grown over more than 90
years through internal development, strategic alliances, in-licensing, and acquisitions. We initially introduced our softgel
capsule technologies in the 1930s and have continuously expanded our range of offerings. In recent years, we have launched
more than a dozen internally developed new technology platform offerings. We have also augmented our portfolio through
acquisitions. Among the technologies we currently offer are softgel capsules,
including both gelatin and non-gelatin
formulations, our Zydis orally disintegrating tablets, protein production using advanced mammalian cell lines, adeno-associated
virus (“AAV”) vectors, and a range of other oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies. The technologies and service
offerings within our development solution platforms span the full drug development process, ranging from our OptiForm
6
Solution Suite for enhancement of bioavailability and other characteristics of early-stage small molecules, Gene Product
Expression (“GPEx”), GPEx Boost, and GPEx Lightning for protein manufacture, and SMARTag platforms for development of
biologics and antibody-drug conjugates (“ADCs”), to formulation, analytical services, early-stage clinical development, drug-
device combination development and supply, fill and finish operations for injectable products, and clinical trials supply,
including our unique FlexDirect direct-to-patient and FastChain demand-led clinical supply solutions. In fiscal 2021, we
expanded our recently acquired cell therapy development and manufacturing capabilities, began offering plasmid DNA
production services, and signed an agreement to acquire a developer and manufacturer of induced pluripotent stem cells
(“iPSCs”). We also expanded our spray-dry, liquid nasal, and dry powder inhaler offerings. Our offerings serve a critical need
in the development and manufacture of products across a broad range of product types. We focus on serving as an accelerator
for new formulation, delivery, and manufacturing technologies, and our expertise enables us to bring advanced products to
market at scale, faster.
In large part due to our recent acquisitions and their subsequent organic growth, the revenue contribution from our
Biologics segment has grown from approximately 17% in fiscal 2016 to 48% in fiscal 2021. We believe our own internal
innovation, supplemented by current and future external partnerships and acquisitions, will continue to strengthen and extend
our leadership positions in the development, reliable supply, and delivery of drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene
therapies, and consumer health products.
History
We trace our history to the 1933 founding of the R.P. Scherer Corporation, which developed the first rotary die machine
for the manufacture of soft gelatin capsules, and assumed our current form in April 2007. We regularly review our portfolio of
offerings and operations in the context of our strategic growth plan, and, as a result, we have sold nine businesses and
consolidated operations at six facilities since fiscal 2007, integrating them into the remaining facility network. In fiscal 2021,
we sold our facility in Woodstock, Illinois and initiated a plan to close our facility in Bolton, U.K. We have also actively
acquired new businesses and facilities. In fiscal 2021 alone, we closed six acquisitions and signed an agreement to acquire
RheinCell Therapeutics GmbH, a developer and manufacturer of iPSCs. In July 2014, we completed the initial public offering
of our Common Stock, which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “CTLT.”
We are a holding company that indirectly owns Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Operating Company”), which owns,
directly or indirectly, all of our operating assets.
Our Competitive Strengths
Available, State-of-the-art Manufacturing Capacity in Attractive Market Segments
We have invested several billion dollars over the last few years, and plan to continue to invest, to broaden our portfolio of
offerings and expand our capacity with state-of-the-art development and manufacturing capabilities that focus on anticipating
and meeting the needs of the evolving biopharmaceutical and consumer health industries. In addition, we have hired and trained
thousands of new direct manufacturing associates in our rigorous, quality-focused culture of operational excellence. The
capacity and capabilities we have built and purchased have enabled, and our further planned expansions will continue to enable,
us to secure, along with our operational and quality excellence, attractive new business opportunities in the expanding market
for outsourced product development and supply.
Vibrant, Patient First-Driven Culture
From the manufacturing line to the executive suite, for all our critical decisions, we ask the question, “What would the
impact be to the patient?”, and our culture is built on our cornerstone value of Patient First. We believe this mindset, which
aligns closely with our customers’ values, enables a pervasive focus on patient safety, impact, and outcomes, and an
uncompromising approach to product quality and compliance, by reminding us of those who depend upon our vigilance
concerning the safety, quality, reliability, and sustainability of our product supply. Along with other key cultural strengths,
including our commitments to diversity and inclusion and to science-based environmental sustainability, we believe our culture
brings us both a unique reputation and an operating capability that is difficult to replicate.
Diversified Operating Platform
We are diversified by virtue of our broad range of product and service offerings, our geographic scope, our large
customer portfolio, the extensive range of products we produce, and our ability to provide solutions at every stage of a
product’s lifecycle. In fiscal 2021, we produced nearly 7,000 distinct products across multiple categories. Our fiscal 2021 net
7
revenue was distributed as follows: protein-based biologics and cell and gene therapies 52%, branded drugs 33%, generic
prescription drugs 4%, over-the-counter drugs 6%, and consumer health, veterinary products, medical devices, and diagnostics
5% combined). In fiscal 2021, our top 20 products represented approximately 38% of our total net revenue, with no single
customer accounting for greater than 10% of net revenue and with no individual product greater than 8%. We serve more than
1,000 customers in approximately 80 countries, with 38% of our fiscal 2021 net revenue coming from outside the U.S. This
diversity, combined with long product lifecycles and close customer relationships, has contributed to the stability of our
business. It has also allowed us to reduce our exposure to the risks associated with potential strategic, customer, and product
shifts as well as to payer-driven pricing pressures experienced by our drug and biologic customers.
Longstanding, Extensive Relationships with a Diverse Customer Portfolio
We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. In fiscal 2021,
we did business with 87 of the top 100 branded drug marketers, 23 of the top 25 generics marketers, 24 of the top 25 biologics
marketers, and 17 of the top 25 consumer health marketers globally, as well as with more than 1,000 other customers, including
emerging and specialty biotech and pharmaceutical companies, which are often more reliant on outside partners as a result of
their more virtual business models. Regardless of size, our customers seek innovative product development, superior quality,
advanced manufacturing, and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs.
We believe our customers value us because our broad range of product and service offerings, expanding capacity in state-
of-the-art manufacturing facilities, including facilities offering new treatment modalities, reliable supply, geographic reach,
commitment to operational and quality excellence, and substantial expertise enable us to create a broad range of tailored
solutions, many of which are unavailable from other individual providers.
Deep, Broad, and Growing Advanced Technology Foundation
Our breadth of offerings employing advanced technologies and state-of-the-art manufacturing systems and long track
record of innovation substantially differentiate us from other industry participants. Our leading softgel platforms, including
Liqui-Gels, OptiShell, and Vegicaps capsules, and our modified release technologies, including the Zydis family of orally
disintegrating tablets, our spray drying capabilities, and our OptiPact and OptiMelt technologies, provide formulation expertise
to solve complex delivery challenges for our customers. We offer advanced technologies for delivery of small molecules and
biologics via oral, respiratory, and injectable routes and also provide advanced biologics formulation options, including GPEx,
GPEx Boost, and GPEx Lightning mammalian cell lines for protein production, SMARTag ADC technology, AAV vectors for
cell and gene therapies, and plasmid DNA manufacturing. We have a leadership position within respiratory delivery, including
metered dose and dry powder inhalers and intra-nasal forms. We have reinforced our leadership position in advanced
technologies over the last three years, as we have launched more than a dozen new technology platforms and applications,
including the launch of spray-dry dispersion, and recently purchased or expanded our businesses developing and manufacturing
protein-based biologic medicines, fill and finish for injectable drugs and biologics, cell and gene therapy offerings, and other
new therapeutic and other modalities. Our culture of creativity, problem-solving, and innovation is grounded in our advanced
technologies, the substantial expertise and experience of our scientists and engineers, and, in some cases, our patents and
proprietary manufacturing processes. Our global product development and innovation teams drive a focused application of
resources to opportunities for both new customer product introductions and platform technology development. As of June 30,
2021, we had nearly 1,400 product development programs in active development across our businesses.
Long-Duration Relationships Provide Sustainability
Our broad and diverse range of technologies closely integrates with our customers’ molecules to yield safe and effective
final formulations and dose forms, and this generally results in the inclusion of Catalent in our customers’ prescription product
regulatory filings. Both factors translate to long-duration supply relationships at an individual product level, to which we apply
our expertise in contracting to produce long-duration commercial supply agreements. These agreements typically have initial
terms of three to seven years with regular renewals of one to three years (see “—Contractual Arrangements” for more detail).
Approximately three-quarters of our fiscal 2021 net revenue from our product development and delivery offerings and related
services (offered through our Biologics, Softgel and Oral Technologies, and Oral and Specialty Delivery reporting segments)
were covered by such long-term contractual arrangements. We believe this base provides us with a sustainable competitive
advantage.
Significant Recent Growth Investments
We have made over time, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in our manufacturing network, which is
capable of serving customers and patients worldwide, and today employ approximately 7 million square feet of manufacturing,
8
laboratory, and related space across four continents. We have deployed approximately $1.7 billion in the last five fiscal years in
gross capital expenditures, not including more than $3.0 billion spent in acquiring new facilities and businesses. Growth-related
investments in facilities, capacity, and capabilities across our businesses have positioned us for future growth in areas aligned
with anticipated future demand, including in gene and cell therapies and other new treatment modalities and fill and finish for
injectable biologics. Through our focus on operational, quality, and regulatory excellence, we drive continuous improvements
in safety, productivity, sustainability and reliable supply, which we believe further differentiate us. Our manufacturing network
and capabilities allow us the flexibility to reliably supply the changing needs of our customers while consistently meeting their
quality, delivery, sustainability, and regulatory compliance expectations.
High Standards of Regulatory Compliance and Operational and Quality Excellence
We operate our plants in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”) or other applicable
requirements, following our own high standards that are consistent with those of many of our large global pharmaceutical and
biotechnology customers. We have approximately 1,600 employees around the globe focused on quality and regulatory
compliance. All of our facilities are registered where required with the FDA or other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the
European Medicines Agency (the “EMA”). In many cases, our facilities are registered with multiple food, drug, or biologics
regulatory agencies around the world. In fiscal 2021, we were subject to 52 regulatory audits, and, over the last five fiscal years,
we successfully completed approximately 300 regulatory audits. We also undergo more than 500 customer and internal audits
annually. We believe our quality and regulatory track record to be a favorable competitive differentiator.
Strong and Experienced Management Team
Our executive leadership team collectively has approximately 600 years of combined and diverse experience within the
pharmaceutical and healthcare industries. With an average of approximately 28 years of functional experience, this team
possesses deep knowledge and a wide network of industry relationships.
Our Strategy
Our strategic ambition, guided by and operationalized through our values, is to power the innovation and growth of the
life science industry by becoming its leading development and commercial partner in reliable supply, advanced technologies,
first-to-scale innovation, integrated solutions, and new therapeutic modalities. To achieve this, we continue to pursue the
following key growth initiatives:
“Follow the Molecule”® by Providing Solutions to our Customers across all Phases of the Product Lifecycle
We intend to continue to use our development and manufacturing solutions across the entire lifecycle of our customers’
products to drive future growth. Our development solutions span the drug development process, starting with our platforms for
early pre-clinical development of small molecules, protein-based biologics, and cell and gene therapies; through formulation
and analytical services, development and manufacturing of clinical trial supplies, and fill and finish of injectable products; to
regulatory consulting. Once a molecule is ready for clinical trials and subsequent commercialization, we provide our customers
with a range of advanced technologies and expert, state-of-the-art manufacturing solutions that allow them to deliver their
molecules to the end-users in safe, effective, and, in some cases, attractive dosage forms, and to produce biologics drug
substances needed for protein-based biologics and cell and gene therapies. Our relationship with a molecule typically starts with
developing and manufacturing the innovator product and can extend throughout
life. For
prescription products, we are typically the sole or primary outsourced provider and are frequently reflected in customers’
product approval applications. Our revenues from our development and manufacturing activities are primarily driven by
volumes, and, as a result, the loss of an innovator drug’s market exclusivity may be mitigated if we supply customers offering
generic or biosimilar equivalents.
the molecule’s commercial
An example of the long and mutually productive relationships we foster can be found in a leading over-the-counter anti-
allergy brand, which today uses both our Zydis orally disintegrating tablets and our Liqui-Gels softgel technology. We
originally began development of the prescription format of this product for our multinational pharmaceutical company partner
in 1992 to address specific patient sub-segment needs. After four years of development, we then commercially supplied the
prescription product in our Zydis orally disintegrating tablet format for six years, and we have continued to provide the Zydis
form since the switch to over-the-counter status in the U.S. and other markets in the early 2000s. Subsequently, we proactively
brought a softgel product concept for the brand to the customer, which the customer elected to develop and launch as well. By
following this molecule, we have built a strong, 29-year-long relationship across multiple formats and markets.
9
Customer Product Pipeline — Continuing to Grow Through New Projects and Product Launches
We intend to continue to supplement our existing diverse base of commercialized customer products with new
development programs. As of June 30, 2021, our product development teams were working on nearly 1,400 active customer
development programs. Our base of active development programs has expanded in recent years from growing market demand,
as well as from our expanded capabilities and technology platforms. Although there are many complex factors that affect the
development and commercialization of pharmaceutical, protein-based biologic, cell and gene therapy, and consumer health
products, we expect that a portion of these programs will reach full development and market approval in the future and thereby
add to our long-duration commercial revenues under long-term contracts and grow our existing product base. In fiscal 2021, we
introduced 139 new products for our customers.
Catalent continues to be a leader in providing chemistry, manufacturing, and controls-based product development services
to the global pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health industries, driven by thousands of projects annually. In fiscal
2021, we recognized $1.76 billion of net revenue related to the development of products on behalf of customers in our
Biologics, Softgel and Oral Technologies, and Oral and Specialty Delivery reporting segments, up 73% from the prior year. In
addition, substantially all of the revenue associated with the Clinical Supply Services segment relates to our support of
customer products in development.
Capabilities & Capacity — Expanding in Biologics and Other Attractive Markets
Recognizing the strategic importance of protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, plasmid DNA, and other newer
biopharmaceutical modalities, we began to build a differentiated biologics platform in 2002. Since 2016, we have invested over
$3.7 billion in our biologics business, including capital investments and approximately $2.6 billion for acquisitions of
biologics-focused businesses and sites. Today, we are a recognized leader in biologics, including AAV vectors for gene
therapies; development and supply for cell therapies; advanced cell-line development; formulation and fill-finish into vials, pre-
filled syringes, and cartridges; specialized manufacturing of biologic drug substances; and bioanalytical analysis. We have
partnered with customers from around the world to develop advanced cell expression for more than 700 cell lines, many using
our advanced GPEx and GPEx Boost technologies, and have actively collaborated on developing and scaling up more than 100
cell and gene therapies. We have also invested in a second-generation ADC technology, SMARTag, and we see continued
progress in our customers’ SMARTag product-development activities.
In addition to our expansion in biologics, we have invested additional capital in several other existing facilities in order to
expand in attractive markets, including a significant expansion of our oral solid controlled release production capacity in
Winchester, Kentucky, and the scaling-up of commercial manufacturing capacity for metered-dose inhalers and our next-
generation orally disintegrating tablet (“ODT”) technology, Zydis Ultra. We have also added specialized new capabilities and
capacity in early development over the last several fiscal years. We expanded our capacity for oral and injectable products via
our fiscal 2020 acquisition of a facility in Anagni, Italy, and for North American consumer health softgels via our fiscal 2017
acquisition of two facilities in Ontario, Canada.
Use Our Proprietary Technologies and Substantial Expertise to Help Our Customers Develop New Products
We have broad and diverse technology platforms that are supported by deep scientific expertise, extensive know-how,
and more than 1,300 patents and patent applications in approximately 158 families across advanced delivery, drug and biologics
formulation, and manufacturing. For example, we have significant softgel fill and formulation know-how, databases of
formulated products, and substantial softgel regulatory approval expertise, and, as a result, approximately 90% of approvals by
the FDA over the last 25 years of new chemical entities presented in a softgel format have been developed and supplied by us.
In addition to resolving delivery challenges for our customers’ products, for more than two decades we have applied our
technology platforms and development expertise to proactively develop proof-of-concept products, whether improved versions
of existing drugs, new generic formulations, or innovative consumer health products. In the consumer health area, we file
product dossiers with regulators in relevant jurisdictions for self-created products, which help contribute sustainable growth to
our consumer health business. We expect to continue to seek proactive development opportunities and other non-traditional
relationships to increase demand for and value realized from our technology platforms. These activities have provided us with
opportunities to capture an increased share of end-market value through out-licensing, profit-sharing, and other arrangements.
Operational Leverage — Deploy Existing Infrastructure and Operational Discipline to Drive Profitable Growth
Through our existing infrastructure, including our global network of operating locations and programs, we promote
operational discipline and drive margin expansion. With our active focus on continuous improvement and sustainability
enhancement, global procurement function, and conversion cost productivity metrics in place, we have created a culture of
10
functional excellence and cost accountability. Along with the ongoing increase in the share of revenues from higher margin
biologics offerings, we expect this discipline to further leverage our operational network for profitable growth. Since fiscal
2016, we have expanded gross margin by 200 basis points and Adjusted EBITDA margin by over 300 basis points. Note that
“Adjusted EBITDA” is a financial metric that is not prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted
in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”), and that further explanations of this measure and comparisons to the most directly comparable U.S.
GAAP measures are set forth below at “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations—Non-GAAP Metrics.”
Strategic Acquisitions and Licensing — Build on our Existing Platform
We operate in the markets for outsourced development solutions and commercial supply, where we estimate current
spending at roughly $60.0 billion globally. Our broad platform, global infrastructure, and diversified customer portfolio provide
us with a strong foundation from which to consolidate within these markets, to enter new markets, and generate operating
leverage through acquisitions. Since fiscal 2013, we have executed 18 transactions, investing more than $3.2 billion, and have
demonstrated an ability to efficiently and effectively integrate these acquisitions.
While we are rigorously focused on driving our organic growth, we have in recent years substantially increased our
participation in biologics, including protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, plasmid DNA production, and drug
product fill and finish, via strategy-driven inorganic transactions. We intend to continue opportunistically to source and execute
strategic acquisitions within our existing business areas, as well as to undertake transactions that provide us with expansion
opportunities within emerging treatment modalities, new geographic markets, or related market segments. We have a dedicated
corporate development team in place to identify these opportunities and have a rigorous and financially disciplined process for
evaluating, executing, and integrating such acquisitions.
Our Reporting Segments
We currently operate in four operating segments, which also constitute our four reporting segments: Biologics, Softgel
and Oral Technologies, Oral and Specialty Delivery, and Clinical Supply Services, as further described below.
Biologics
Our Biologics segment provides biologic cell-line, cell
therapy and viral-based gene therapy development and
manufacturing; formulation, development, and manufacturing for parenteral dose forms, including vials, prefilled syringes, and
cartridges; and analytical development and testing services for large molecules. The business has extensive expertise in
development, scale up, and commercial manufacturing. Representative customers of Biologics include Moderna, Johnson &
Johnson, BMS, AstraZeneca, and Sarepta, along with a broad range of innovative small and mid-tier bio pharmaceutical
customers.
Our growing biologics offering includes cell-line development based on our advanced and patented GPEx suite of
technologies, which are used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for both innovator and biosimilar biologic
compounds. GPEx technology can provide rapid cell-line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility, and
versatility. Our development and manufacturing facility in Madison, Wisconsin has the capability and capacity to produce
cGMP quality biologics drug substance from 250L to 4000L scale using single-use technology to provide maximum efficiency
and flexibility. Our Bloomington, Indiana facility brings additional biologics development, clinical, and commercial drug
substance manufacturing, and formulation capabilities and capacity. Both Bloomington and our Anagni, Italy facility add
substantial capacity for finished-dose biologics drug product manufacturing and packaging. We have continued to expand drug
substance production capacity in Madison, bringing on-line fourth and fifth manufacturing suites, have expanded drug product
manufacturing and packaging capacity in Bloomington and Anagni, and recently announced a planned expansion of our Anagni
facility to permit drug substance development and manufacturing. Our SMARTag next-generation ADC technology, based in
Emeryville, California, is a clinical-stage technology that enables development of ADCs and other protein conjugates with
improved efficacy, safety, and manufacturability.
At our cell and gene therapy centers in Belgium, Maryland and Texas, we develop and manufacture complex biologics
including CAR-T, AAV, lentivirus, oncolytic virus and other cell or virus modalities for cell- and viral-based therapies and
next-generation vaccines. Through continued inorganic investment between November 2020 and June 2021, we acquired two
additional cell and gene therapy manufacturing facilities and Delphi Genetics SA (“Delphi”), a plasmid DNA business, all
located on our Gosselies campus to create a European Center of Excellence in Belgium. This campus now includes clinical
through commercial-scale cell therapy manufacturing and both small- and large-scale plasmid DNA production. Additionally,
in August 2021, we acquired RheinCell Therapeutics GmbH (“RheinCell”) a company based in Langenfeld, Germany that
specializes in “iPSC” production. This portfolio expansion strengthens Catalent’s cell therapy offering by adding proprietary
In our gene therapy
cGMP iPSC cell lines and enhances our ability to manufacture next generation cell therapies at scale.
11
network across Maryland and Texas, we have further expanded our footprint with our construction of 5 additional commercial
gene therapy suites at our Harmans commercial campus in Maryland, creating a total of 15 commercial suites, and repurposed
our Rockville facility in Maryland for both small- and large-scale plasmid DNA production. Our specialized expertise in AAV
vectors, the most commonly used delivery system for gene therapy, and both autologous and allogeneic cell therapy modalities,
together with our expanded capabilities in plasmids, positions us to capitalize on strong and growing industry demand in the
cell and gene therapy market.
Our range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes manufacturing drug substance and filling small molecules or
biologics into vials, syringes, and cartridges, with flexibility to accommodate other formats within our existing network. In
addition to primary packaging, our network provides secondary packaging capabilities, including auto-injector and safety
device assembly for commercial launch and life cycle management. Our Clinical Supply Services business provides a global
network for clinical distribution, as well as labeling, packaging and cold chain for clinical trial and commercial supply of
biotherapeutics and cell and gene therapies. Our fill and finish services are largely focused on complex pharmaceuticals and
biologics. With our range of technologies, we are able to meet a wide range of specifications, timelines, and budgets. We
believe that the complexity of the manufacturing process, the importance of experience and know-how, regulatory compliance,
and substantial capital requirements provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage in the market.
We also offer biologics analytical development and testing services for large molecules, including bioassay, biophysical
characterization, and cGMP release and stability testing. Our OneBio Suite provides customers the potential to seamlessly
integrate drug substance, drug product, and clinical supply management for products in development, and for integrated
commercial supply across both drug substance and drug product. We provide a broad range of technologies and services
supporting the development and launch of new biologic entities, biosimilars, biobetters, and cell and gene therapies to bring a
product from gene to commercialization, faster.
Our Biologics segment represented 48%, 33% and 23% of our aggregate net revenue before inter-segment eliminations
for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Through our Softgel and Oral Technologies segment, we provide formulation, development, and manufacturing services
for soft capsules, or “softgels,” as well as large-scale manufacturing of oral solid dose forms for pharmaceutical and consumer
health markets, along with supporting ancillary services.
Our softgel manufacturing technology was first commercialized by our predecessor in the 1930s, and we have continually
enhanced the platform since then. We are the market leader in overall softgel development and manufacturing and hold the
leading market position in innovator drug softgels. Our principal softgel technologies include traditional softgel capsules, in
which the shell is made of animal-derived gelatin, and Vegicaps and OptiShell capsules, in which the shell is made from plant-
derived materials. Softgel capsules are used in a broad range of customer products, including prescription drugs, over-the-
counter medications, dietary supplements, unit-dose cosmetics, and animal health medicinal preparations. Softgel capsules
encapsulate liquid, paste, or oil-based formulations of active compounds in solution or suspension within an outer shell. In the
manufacturing process, the capsules are formed, filled, and sealed simultaneously. We typically perform encapsulation for a
product within one of our softgel facilities, with active ingredients provided by customers or sourced directly by us. Softgels
have historically been used to solve formulation challenges or technical issues for a specific drug, to help improve the clinical
performance of compounds, to provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter medications, and to
provide safe handling of hormonal, highly potent, and cytotoxic drugs. We also participate in the softgel vitamin, mineral, and
supplement business in selected regions around the world. With the 2001 introduction of our plant-derived softgel shell,
Vegicaps capsules, consumer health customers have been able to extend the softgel dose form to a broader range of active
ingredients and serve patient/consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary, or cultural
preferences. In recent years, we have extended this platform to pharmaceutical products via our OptiShell capsule offering. Our
Vegicaps and OptiShell capsules are protected by patents in most major global markets. Physician and patient studies we have
conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgels versus traditional tablet and hard capsule dose forms in terms of ease of
swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste, and, for physicians,
perceived improved patient adherence with dosing regimens.
Our large-scale cGMP manufacturing of oral solid dose forms typically includes late-stage clinical trial supplies,
registration batches, and commercial production across a broad range of formats, and may also involve finished dose packaging
or advanced processing of intermediates to achieve the desired clinical performance of the prescription or over-the-counter
pharmaceutical product. Finished dose forms include traditional and advanced complex oral solid-doses, including coated and
uncoated tablets, pellet/bead/powder-filled two-piece hard capsules, granulated powders, and other immediate and modified
release forms. Advanced intermediate processing may include coating, extrusion, or spheronization to achieve specific
functional outcomes, including site- or time-specific drug release, taste masking, or enhanced bioavailability. We have deep
12
experience at managing complex technical transfers of clinical or commercial programs, whether from Catalent’s early
development network in the Oral and Specialty Delivery segment, other contract development sites, or from customers directly.
Representative customers of Softgel and Oral Technologies include Pfizer, Novartis, Bayer, GlaxoSmithKline, and
Procter & Gamble.
Our Softgel and Oral Technologies segment represented 25%, 34%, and 41% of our aggregate net revenue before inter-
segment eliminations for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Oral and Specialty Delivery
Our Oral and Specialty Delivery segment provides advanced analytical and formulation development and manufacturing
across a range of technologies along with integrated downstream clinical development and commercial supply solutions. The
technologies cover a broad range of oral (including our proprietary fast-dissolve Zydis tablets and many bioavailability
enhancement technologies for both immediate and controlled-release tablets and capsules), respiratory and inhaled dose forms,
including metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers, and nasal delivery devices.
Our oral delivery solutions platform provides comprehensive pre-clinical screening, formulation, and analytical
development, and cGMP manufacturing at both clinical and commercial scale for both traditional and advanced complex oral
solid-dose formats. We have substantial proven experience in developing and scaling up orphan and rare disease oral products,
especially those requiring accelerated development timelines, solubility enhancement, specialized handling (e.g., potent or
controlled substance materials), complex technology transfer and specialized manufacturing processes. We provide spray
drying, hot melt extrusion, micronization, and lipid formulation capabilities, all of which are used to enhance a drug’s
bioavailability and clinical performance. We offer comprehensive analytical method development and scientific capabilities,
including stability testing and global regulatory services to support both fully integrated development programs or standalone
fee-for-service work. In recent years, we have expanded our network of early development sites focused on earlier phase
compounds (i.e., pre-clinical and Phase I) to engage with more customer molecules earlier in their development, with the intent
to also support these molecules downstream as they progress towards commercial approval and supply. Demand for our
offerings is driven by the need for scientific expertise, the depth and breadth of integrated services offered, as well as the
reliability of our supply performance across quality and operational parameters.
We launched our ODT business in 1986 with the introduction of Zydis, a unique proprietary freeze-dried tablet that
disintegrates in the mouth, without water, typically in less than three seconds. The platform is often used for drugs that benefit
from rapid oral dissolution and buccal absorption and for drugs for specialized patient groups, including geriatric or pediatric
populations, that have difficulty swallowing (dysphagia). We can adapt the Zydis technology to a wide range of molecules and
indications, including prescription treatments for a variety of central nervous system-related conditions such as migraine,
Parkinson’s disease, and schizophrenia, and also for a range of consumer healthcare products targeting broader indications such
as pain or allergy relief. We continue to invest in and develop Zydis ODTs in different ways with our customers as we extend
the application of the technology to new therapeutic categories, including immunotherapy, vaccines, and biologic molecule
delivery.
Our
respiratory platform provides
formulation development, and commercial
manufacturing services for inhaled products delivered via metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers, and intra-nasal sprays.
Delivery of these inhaled combination device products requires specialized capabilities to account for both the molecule and the
device, to ensure accurate repeatable dose delivery.
integrated molecule screening,
Representative customers of Oral and Specialty Delivery include Johnson & Johnson, Pfizer, Bayer, AbbVie, and
Biohaven, along with many small and mid-sized emerging biopharma companies involved in the clinical development space.
Our Oral and Specialty Delivery segment represented 17%, 22%, and 23% of our aggregate net revenue before inter-
segment eliminations for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Clinical Supply Services
Our Clinical Supply Services segment provides manufacturing, packaging, storage, distribution, and inventory
management for drugs and protein and cell and gene therapy biologics in clinical trials. We offer customers flexible solutions
for clinical supplies production and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex
clinical trials. This includes over-encapsulation where needed; supplying placebos, comparator drug procurement, and clinical
packages and kits for physicians and patients; inventory management; investigator kit ordering and fulfillment; and return
supply reconciliation and reporting. We support trials in all regions of the world through our facilities and distribution network.
In recent years, we have continued to expand and extend our network, with significant expansions in Kansas City, Missouri and
Singapore and new facilities in California, China, and Japan. We also continue to develop new solutions for the evolving
13
clinical trial environment, including FlexDirect direct-to-patient and CT Success and trial planning. We are the leading provider
of integrated development solutions and one of the leading providers of clinical trial supplies. Representative customers of
Clinical Supply Services include Merck KGaA, IQVIA, Eli Lilly, AbbVie, and Incyte Corporation.
Our Clinical Supply Services segment represented 10%, 11%, and 13% of our aggregate net revenue before inter-segment
eliminations for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Integrated Development and Product Supply Chain Solutions
In addition to our proprietary offerings, we are also differentiated in the market by our ability to bring together our
development solutions and state-of-the-art product manufacturing to offer integrated development and product supply solutions
that can be combined or tailored in many ways to enable our customers to take their drugs, biologics, and consumer health
products from laboratory to market, faster. Once a product is on the market, we can provide comprehensive, integrated product
supply, from the sourcing or supply of the bulk active ingredient to comprehensive manufacturing and packaging, to the testing
required for release, and to cold-chain or ambient temperature distribution. The customer- and product-specific solutions we
develop are flexible, scalable, and creative, so that they meet the unique needs of both large and emerging biopharma and
consumer health companies and are appropriate for products of all sizes. We believe that our development and product supply
solutions, such as OptiForm Solution Suite and OneBio Suite, will continue to contribute to our future growth.
Sales and Marketing
Our target customers include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, mid-size, emerging, and specialty
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and consumer health companies, along with companies in other selected
healthcare market segments such as animal health and medical devices, and companies in adjacent industries, such as
cosmetics. We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. In fiscal
2021, we did business with 87 of the top 100 branded drug marketers, 23 of the top 25 generics marketers, 24 of the top 25
biologics marketers, and 17 of the top 25 consumer health marketers globally, as well as with more than 1,000 other customers.
Faced with access, pricing, and reimbursement pressures as well as other market challenges, large pharmaceutical and
biotechnology companies have increasingly sought partners to enhance the clinical competitiveness of their drugs and biologics
and improve the productivity of their research and development activities, while reducing their fixed cost bases. Many mid-size,
emerging, and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, while facing the same pricing and market pressures,
have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather to partner with other companies through licensing agreements or
outsourcing to access the critical skills, technologies, and services required to bring their products to market. Consumer health
companies require rapidly developed, innovative dose forms and formulations to keep up with the fast-paced over-the-counter
medication, dietary supplement, and personal care markets. These market segments are all important to our growth, but require
distinct solutions, marketing and sales approaches, and market strategy.
We follow a hybrid demand-generation organization model, with strategic account teams offering the full breadth of
Catalent’s solutions, and technical specialist teams providing the in-depth technical knowledge and practical experience
essential for each individual offering. Our sales organization currently consists of approximately 170 full-time, experienced
sales professionals, supported by inside sales and sales operations. We also have built a dedicated strategic marketing team,
providing strategic market and product planning and management for our offerings. As part of our marketing efforts, we
participate in major trade shows relevant to our offerings globally and ensure adequate visibility to our offerings and solutions
through a comprehensive print and on-line advertising and publicity program. We believe that Catalent is a strong brand with
high overall awareness in our established markets and universe of target customers, and that our brand identity is a competitive
advantage for us.
Global Accounts
We manage selected accounts globally due to their substantial current business and growth potential. We recorded
approximately 31% of our total revenue in fiscal 2021 from these global accounts. Each global account is assigned a lead
business development professional with substantial industry experience. These account leaders, along with other members of
the sales and executive leadership teams, are responsible for managing and extending the overall account relationship. Account
leaders work closely with the rest of the sales organization as well as operational, quality, and project management personnel to
ensure alignment around critical priorities for the accounts.
Emerging, Specialty, and Virtual Accounts
Emerging, specialty, and virtual pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are expected to be critical drivers of
industry growth globally and account for more than two-thirds of the active drug and biologic development pipeline.
Historically, many of these companies have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather partner with other companies to
14
formulate, develop, analyze, test, and manufacture their products. We expect them to continue to do so in the future, providing a
critical source for future integrated solutions demand. We expect to continue to increase our penetration of geographic clusters
of emerging companies in North America, Europe, Central and South America, and Asia. We regularly use active pipeline and
product screening and customer targeting to identify the optimal candidates for partnering based on product profiles, funding
status, and relationships, to ensure that our technical sales specialists and field sales representatives develop custom solutions
designed to address the specific needs of these customers.
Seasonality; Fluctuations in Operation Results
Our annual financial reporting periods end on June 30. Excluding the impact from COVID-19, in fiscal 2021, as discussed
further in "Item 7 — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our revenue
and net earnings are generally higher in the third and fourth quarters of each fiscal year, with our first fiscal quarter typically
generating our lowest revenue of any quarter, and our last fiscal quarter typically generating our highest revenue. These
fluctuations are primarily the result of the timing of our, and our customers’, annual operational maintenance periods at
locations in the U.S. and Europe, the seasonality associated with pharmaceutical and biotechnology budgetary spending
decisions, clinical trial and research and development schedules, the timing of new product launches and length of time needed
to obtain full market penetration, and, to a lesser extent, the time of the year some of our customers’ products are in higher
demand.
Contractual Arrangements
We generally enter into a broad range of contractual arrangements with our customers, including agreements with respect
to feasibility, development, supply, licenses, quality, and confidentiality. The terms of these contracts vary significantly
depending on the offering and customer requirements. Some of our agreements may include a variety of revenue arrangements,
such as fee-for-service, unit pricing in one or more tiers, minimum volume commitments, royalties, manufacturing preparation
services, profit-sharing, and fixed fees. We generally secure pricing and other contract mechanisms in our supply agreements to
allow for periodic resetting of pricing terms, and, in some cases, these agreements permit us to raise or renegotiate pricing in the
event of certain price increases for the raw materials we use to make products. Our typical supply agreements include
indemnification from our customers for product liability and intellectual property matters and caps on our contractual liabilities,
subject in each case to negotiated exclusions. The terms of our manufacturing supply agreements range from three to seven
years with regular renewals of one to three years, although some of our agreements are terminable upon much shorter notice
periods, such as 30 or 90 days. For our development solutions offerings, we may enter into master service agreements, which
provide for standardized terms and conditions and make it easier and faster for customers with multiple development needs to
access our offerings.
Backlog
While we generally have long-term supply agreements that provide for a revenue stream over a period of years, our
backlog represents, as of a point in time, future service revenues from work not yet completed. For our Softgel and Oral
Technologies, Biologics, and Oral and Specialty Delivery segments, backlog represents firm orders for manufacturing services
and includes minimum volumes, where applicable. For our Clinical Supply Services segment, backlog represents estimated
future service revenues from work not yet completed under signed contracts. Using these methods of reporting backlog, as of
June 30, 2021, our backlog was $3,767 million compared to $2,282 million as of June 30, 2020, including $501 million and
$425 million, respectively, related to our Clinical Supply Services segment. We expect to recognize as revenue approximately
50% of the value of the backlog in existence as of June 30, 2021 by the end of fiscal 2022.
To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our revenue could be affected. If a customer cancels an order, we may be
reimbursed for the costs we have incurred. For orders that are placed inside a contractual firm period or that involve minimum
volume commitments, we generally have a contractual right to payment in the event of cancellation. Fluctuations in our
reported backlog levels also result from the timing and order pattern of our customers, which often seek to manage their level of
inventory on hand. Because of customer ordering patterns, the matters discussed in this paragraph, and other factors, our
backlog reported for certain periods may fluctuate and may not be indicative of future results.
Manufacturing Capabilities
We operate manufacturing facilities, development centers, and sales offices throughout the world. As of June 30, 2021,
we had 56 facilities (45 geographical locations operate as multiple facilities because they support more than one reporting
segment, with one location including both a manufacturing facility and our corporate headquarters) on four continents with
approximately 7 million square feet of manufacturing, laboratory, office, and related space. Our manufacturing capabilities
generally include the full suite of competencies relevant to the support of each site’s activities, including regulatory, quality
assurance, and in-house validation.
15
We operate our manufacturing facilities and development centers in accordance with cGMP or other applicable
requirements. All of these sites are registered where required with the FDA or other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the
EMA. In some cases, our sites are registered with multiple regulatory agencies.
We have invested $1.37 billion in our manufacturing and development facilities since fiscal 2019 for improvements and
expansions, including $686 million in capital expenditures during fiscal 2021. We believe that our sites and equipment are in
good condition, are well maintained, and are able to operate at or above present levels for the foreseeable future, in all material
respects.
Our manufacturing operations are focused on employee health and safety, regulatory compliance, operational excellence,
continuous improvement, and process standardization across the organization. In fiscal 2021, we achieved approximately 96%
on-time shipment delivery versus customer request date across our network as a result of this focus. Our manufacturing
operations are structured around an enterprise management philosophy and methodology that utilizes principles and tools
common to a number of quality management programs, including Lean Six Sigma and Lean Manufacturing.
Raw Materials
We use a broad and diverse range of raw materials in the design, development, and manufacture of our products. This
includes, but is not limited to, key materials such as gelatin, starch, and iota carrageenan for our Softgel and Oral Technologies
segment; packaging films for our Clinical Supply Services segment; single-use production components for our Biologics
segment drug substance production, and glass vials and syringes for Biologics drug product. The raw materials that we use are
sourced externally on a global basis. Globally, our supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters and
international supply disruptions,
including those caused by pandemics or geopolitical and other issues. For example,
commercially usable gelatin is available from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-
derived. Past concerns of contamination from Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (“BSE”) have narrowed the number of
possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin from any one or more
key suppliers, there can be no assurance that we could obtain an alternative supply from our other suppliers. Any future
restriction that were to emerge on the use of bovine-derived gelatin from certain geographic sources due to concerns of
contamination from BSE could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products and the use of alternative non-
bovine-derived gelatin for specific customer products could be subject to lengthy formulation, testing and regulatory approval
periods.
We work very closely with our suppliers to assure continuity of supply while maintaining excellence in material quality
and reliability. We continually evaluate alternate sources of supply, although we do not frequently pursue regulatory
qualification of alternative sources for key raw materials due to the strength of our existing supplier relationships, the reliability
of our current supplier base, and the time and expense associated with the regulatory process, since regulators usually must
approve changes to prescription product ingredient sources. Although a change in suppliers could require significant effort or
investment by us in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to the performance of our products or incorporate
specialized material such as gelatin, we do not believe that the loss of any existing supply arrangement would have a material
adverse effect on our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate—
Our future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the
products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials.”
In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic may interfere with the operations of certain of our direct or indirect suppliers or with
international trade for these supplies, which may either raise our costs or reduce the productivity or slow the timing of our
operations."
Competition
We compete with multiple companies as to each of our offerings and in every region of the globe in which we operate,
including with other companies that offer conventional and advanced technologies for the development, supply, and delivery of
medicinal products, clinical trials support, outsourced dose form, protein-based biologics or cell or gene therapy manufacturing,
or development services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health companies based in North America, Central
and South America, Europe, and the Asia-Pacific region. We also compete in some cases with the internal operations of those
pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health customers that also have manufacturing capabilities and choose to source
these services internally. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have access to more substantial
resources, which could be deployed to expand their range of offerings or capacity.
Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how (where relevant), capabilities, consistency of operational
performance, availability of equipment, quality, price, value, responsiveness, and speed. While we do have competitors that
compete with us in our individual offerings, and a few competitors that compete across many of our offerings, we do not
believe we have competition from any directly comparable company.
16
Research and Development Costs
Our research activities are primarily directed toward the development of new offerings and manufacturing process
improvements. Research and development costs amounted to $21 million, $21 million, and $19 million for fiscal 2021, 2020,
and 2019, respectively.
Employees
As of June 30, 2021, we had nearly 17,300 individuals providing services to us at 56 facilities on 4 continents, of which
certain employees at one of our 24 U.S. facilities are represented by a labor union, with their terms and conditions of
employment being subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Some combination of national works councils, labor unions,
and other labor organizations is active at all 19 of our European facilities consistent with labor environments and laws in
European countries. Similar relationships with labor organizations or national works councils exist at our plants in Argentina,
Brazil, and Canada. Our management believes that our relations with our workforce are satisfactory. Most of our individual
service providers are full-time employees, while slightly more than 1,400 of our workers as of June 30, 2021 are contingent
workers who are either self-employed or employed by external services organizations.
Approximate number of workers as of June 30, 2021
Human Capital Management
North
America
10,300
Europe
5,400
South
America
1,000
Asia Pacific
Total
600
17,300
Our employees share common goals: to put patients first and to help people around the world live better, healthier lives.
Our global workforce is united by our values: Patient First, commitment to our people, customer dedication, innovation,
integrity, and excellence. Together, our values provide the foundation for our culture. We believe that an engaged workforce,
empowered by inclusive leaders, will unlock our full potential as a company and as a leader in our sector. Our employees’
success is Catalent’s success.
We focus on employee development, engagement, and diversity and inclusion (“D&I”) to hire, develop, and retain the
best talent. As of June 30, 2021, we had nearly 17,300 individuals providing services to us globally, with women representing
44% of our employees and holding 41% of roles at the manager level or higher. In fiscal 2021, ethnically diverse talent
represented 31% of our U.S. employees. Our turnover trend is decreasing year-over-year. In fiscal 2021, our total turnover rate
was 8.6%, comprising 6.1% voluntary turnover and 2.5% involuntary turnover. We continue to implement and expand several
initiatives to develop and engage internal talent at varying levels, which is demonstrated in part by a 10-point increase in our
employee engagement score since our last company-wide survey.
We aspire to build a company where all employees can develop a fulfilling career with support from our leadership team.
We believe that our diverse pool of internal talent and our employees’ passion for excellence make a difference in the way we
grow and deliver results.
Talent Acquisition
We have established strong human resources processes and practices in order to support our employees through their
careers at Catalent. This starts with an aggressive recruiting strategy and a strong employer brand. We attracted more than 5,000
new employees in fiscal 2021, continuously working to reduce the time it takes to fill open positions and reduce our cost per
hire, while striving for a best-in-class candidate experience.
We are committed to offering competitive compensation and benefits programs. In addition to offering a comprehensive
suite of benefits ranging from medical, dental, and vision coverage to retirement, disability, employee stock purchase, and life
insurance programs, we also provide health promotion programs, remote work flexibility, tuition assistance, and employee
assistance programs in several countries.
Our recruitment strategy aims to attract talent representing diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and ideas. This approach
includes:
•
•
•
engaging with potential top talent early in the career path through our college internship program;
developing future leaders through our Global Organization Leadership Development (“GOLD”) program; as discussed
further below;
providing competitive compensation and benefits;
17
•
•
continuously improving recruitment processes and platforms; and
working with several recruitment partners to attract diverse profiles and advertise our open positions.
Catalent was recognized as a TOP EMPLOYER USA for 2020 and 2021. We differentiate ourselves as a preferred
employer to candidates through our reputation as a great place to work, offering a fast-paced work environment and, more
recently, providing an opportunity to be part of the solution to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Talent Development
We are also committed to the growth, development, and engagement of our people once they have joined our family.
Through a strong learning and development culture, we provide opportunities for specialized technical training, leadership
development, and high-potential growth opportunities to endow our employees with the knowledge and expertise needed to
grow their careers here.
Our primary goal is to develop our people from within, thereby establishing a strong successor bench to help support
company growth. In fiscal 2021, over 2,500 employees moved to a new role within the organization, whether as a
developmental move or a promotion to a more senior position. Our senior leaders are committed to talent development and
dedicate time each fiscal quarter to perform formalized talent reviews to discuss the development of key talent and to update
succession plans for critical roles.
We strongly believe that the combination of experience (70%), exposure (20%), and education (10%) is the best recipe for
personal development and career progression here. We have a library of tools and resources available for our employees within
that framework.
We also offer three formal development programs to employees. All three programs provide excellent opportunities to
identify internal candidates who can fill critical leadership and other roles with us at different levels. Through these programs,
we have created a bench of leaders who model our values and are ready to take on more responsibility.
(1)
Entry-level GOLD program. The GOLD program is a two-year rotational program for recent graduates from
universities around the world in which the employee participates in three rotations at different sites in our network
to learn about us and our varied offerings. GOLD employees receive assignments to perform strategic roles in key
business initiatives. We provide them with coaching and opportunities to interact with senior executives, which
both develop the skills and experience of our GOLD employees and provide a platform through which they
contribute fresh ideas that challenge the status quo.
(2) Manager-level Next Generation Global Leader program. Our Next Generation program for employees at the
manager level is a 15-month on-the-job program focused on preparing high-potential managers for director-level
roles. In fiscal 2021, we trained 42 employees through this program.
(3)
Senior leader General Manager Excellence Program. Our general managers run our operating sites and have
substantial and wide-ranging responsibilities. This program enhances the skills of our general managers by giving
them exposure to industry best practices and opportunities to network internally and receive personalized career
coaching.
Diversity and Inclusion
An overarching D&I commitment drives our decisions, policies, and leadership practices. We are committed to workplace
diversity and to cultivating, fostering, and advancing a culture of equality and inclusion. Enabling employees to perform at their best
while being themselves is fundamental to our continued success. Our commitment to these values starts at the top with a diverse board
of directors and an executive management team that represent a broad spectrum of backgrounds and perspectives. In fiscal 2018, we
established our Global Office of Diversity & Inclusion (the “D&I Office”), which oversees our D&I efforts globally. The D&I Office
is supported by regional D&I committees composed of leaders at a variety of levels who oversee the implementation of local
programs.
Our D&I aspirations span the following four focus areas: culture, people, community, and marketplace. We aim to:
•
foster an inclusive culture where every employee feels welcomed, valued, and respected, establishing an environment
that supports employees in their careers and in their personal lives;
18
•
•
•
•
•
prioritize recruitment and promotion strategies that create a strong, representative balance at all levels of the
organization;
deliver development programs that promote equitable career flows and compensation for all employees;
execute rapid scale-up of foundational inclusive leadership and unconscious bias training for all employees, especially
our leaders;
enable the recognition and advancement of underserved communities through partnerships with external organizations;
and
advance D&I outside of our walls by understanding the needs of our diverse customers, implementing a robust
supplier diversity program, and providing philanthropic support to organizations that serve diverse groups.
Engagement
Our employee-focused practices have had a clear impact on our employee engagement. Through increased engagement,
we can grow our business by relying on strong, engaged leaders and professionals willing to ensure we can overcome and thrive
during any challenge.
We periodically administer a company-wide engagement survey to garner direct feedback from our employees regarding
how we can more deeply and meaningfully engage them, enabling us to focus on improving specific areas where we can
support our people. In our most recent engagement survey completed in fiscal 2021, our employee engagement score improved
by 10 points overall compared to the immediately prior survey taken two years earlier, with the most important improvements
among the senior leadership and manager employee populations, and a notable increase in engagement as a result of our
enhanced rewards and recognition programs.
Our COVID-19 Response
We have adapted our processes and policies during the COVID-19 pandemic in order to support our employees,
customers, and our local communities.
We recognize that we have a unique responsibility to help respond to the COVID-19 pandemic and are committed to
supporting and protecting our employees and their families, ensuring that our supply of COVID-19 related products and our
other life-saving and life-enhancing products reach patients, contributing our scientific expertise to the development of
COVID-19 treatments and vaccines, and supporting health care providers and the communities in which they serve. We kept
our employees safe and feeling protected by using the best-available expertise to modify our process flows and people
movement, employing masks, physical barriers, and physical distancing to minimize exposure. We communicated regularly
with our leaders and operating personnel regarding our actions and motivations to assure transparency and the incorporation of
useful suggestions from every level of the organization.
In fiscal 2020 and continuing into fiscal 2021, we implemented new virtual recruitment platforms and streamlined
procedures to accelerate onboarding amid rapidly changing local restrictions. We sought to ensure the safety of new hires
through training on our COVID-19 protocols and requiring COVID-19 tests for those working on-site, when permissible under
local regulations. We continue to provide employees with easy and regular access to information, including details regarding
our COVID-19 tracking process, guidance around hygiene measures and travel, and best practices for working from home. We
also provided extensive information to support our employees as they made vaccination decisions and provided paid time off
for employees to get vaccinated and paid time off if vaccination resulted in side effects.
As a result of our actions, 92% of employees responding to our COVID-19 survey in fiscal 2021 expressed the view that
we are demonstrating care and concern for our employees through our actions and policies.
Corporate Responsibility and our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Strategy
Our mission to help people live better, healthier lives drives our culture and inspires us. To us, corporate responsibility
(“CR”) starts with our nearly 17,300 workers, who live our Patient First culture and work to deliver on our responsibility to
timely develop and reliably supply products to patients, whether for a potential COVID-19 vaccine or treatment or the more
than 70 billion doses we produce every year on behalf of our customers and their patients.
In the wake of significant change and uncertainty during the COVID-19 pandemic, we focused on the critical importance
of our mission and values to orient us. We prioritized people and patients in our decisions as we adapted rapidly to meet the
needs of an ever-evolving pandemic. Our response to the COVID-19 pandemic for our employees and for our customers and
global community, coupled with our focus on social justice, have made us stronger and more cohesive. We connected even
19
more deeply with our employees and communities, executed with excellence under stress, and kept our people safe, while
accelerating our services, talents, and capabilities to serve our customers and their patients.
Our CR strategy, which includes our strategy related to ESG matters, is integrated into our company-wide strategic plan,
ensuring that we operate in alignment with our values, meet our commitments to all our stakeholders, and contribute to the
long-term success of the broader pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industries and the communities where we operate. We
continue to invest in a corporate culture that understands and prioritizes our impact on people in our daily operations and
decision-making strategies.
Our approach to ESG focuses on three areas of society relevant to our business, prioritizing our impact on people, the
environment, and our communities. We focus on ESG areas that are the most significant to our business, and our strategy is
informed by our employees, customers, investors, communities, and other key stakeholders.
We established the Office of Corporate Responsibility in fiscal 2017 and created a formal governance structure through
our CR Council, which guides the implementation of our ESG strategy and now reports on a regular cadence to our board of
directors. We continuously assess the maturity and performance of our CR programs at each of our operating segments and sites
through a scorecard system. Our leaders are held accountable for our CR goals, including those focused on strengthening our
environmental and social efforts.
Governance
We are committed to ensuring strong corporate governance practices on behalf of our shareholders and other stakeholders.
We believe strong corporate governance and an independent board of directors provide the foundation for financial integrity
and shareholder confidence. More information about our corporate governance features can be found in our Proxy Statement
for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which will be filed within 120 days after June 30, 2021,
the close of our fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.
In addition, as noted above, we have established a CR Council composed of senior leaders from various parts of our
business to guide our CR efforts and set our overall CR strategy. Our board of directors regularly reviews aspects of our CR
strategy and performance as a full board and through its several committees, including an annual review of our overall CR
strategy and performance.
Business Benefits
Beyond being the right thing to do, our focus on CR strengthens our business by reducing risks, meeting customer and
investor expectations, and attracting top talent. CR performance is an important contributor to our business success. It informs
our risk management process, protects our reputation, and alerts us to regulatory, environmental, and societal threats to our
business. Our CR activities also align with many of our customers’ CR programs and strengthens our relationships with our
customers.
Our future success depends on our highly skilled and dedicated global workforce, who are passionate about improving
health outcomes. We compete for talent in our industry and recognize that our culture and reputation as a responsible company
can be a differentiator in attracting candidates and retaining our employees. According to the last two engagement surveys we
conducted, D&I and CR are two of the highest-rated engagement elements of our culture. While we are transparent about the
progress we still need to make, our commitment energizes our employees and makes them proud.
Our customers and our investors regularly ask us to join them in their own ESG commitments, especially in the areas of
environmental sustainability and D&I, reflected in the increasing number of business reviews and surveys dedicated to our ESG
commitments and progress. We understand that our stakeholders want to know that we share their values. Our ESG strategy
drives us to provide concrete evidence of our commitment to our ESG values, which strengthens our relationships with
customers and other stakeholders.
ESG progress in fiscal 2021
We made significant progress in several ESG focus areas in fiscal 2021.
In May 2021, we published our second annual CR report, informed by the requirements of the Sustainability Accounting
Standards Board (SASB) for Biotechnology and Pharmaceuticals and covering ESG issues that include: quality, safety,
innovation, environmental sustainability and climate change, D&I, and community investment and philanthropy. The CR
report, which covers our fiscal year 2020, describes how we extended and deepened our CR commitments as part of our long-
term corporate strategy. Some of our highlighted progress includes:
20
•
•
•
•
the development of our first human rights statement and commencement of a third-party assessment, a critical element
of our emerging responsible supply chain initiative that aims to align our 10,000-plus suppliers with our industry’s
standards for responsible, reliable, and sustainable partnership;
our commitment to new targets for waste and water reduction, including our pledge to ensure that none of our sites
discharge wastewater with API concentrations above Predicted No Effect Concentrations (PNECs), which standards
often exceed current regulatory requirements;
the transition of six more sites to 100% renewable electricity, for a total of 12 sites with 100% renewable electricity, a
number that will continue to grow, and as of July 1, 2021, covered 97% of our electricity usage across our global
network; and
our largest-ever fiscal year philanthropic contribution total, with a substantial portion of our gifts focused on our
response to the interconnected COVID-19 and social inequality crises.
Over the past year, we further integrated our employee resource groups (“ERGs”) into our diverse talent acquisition and
talent development efforts. ERGs are groups of volunteer employees who join together based on shared characteristics or life
experiences and serve as a resource for talent development, employee engagement, enhancing a sense of belonging, informing
others in the Company regarding their unique challenges, perspectives, and achievements, and fostering a diverse, inclusive
workplace aligned with organizational goals.
We also deepened the relationships we have with potential sources of talent and other HR providers to continue to
enhance our diverse talent recruitment, engagement, and development initiatives.
We share our global gender statistics and U.S. ethnicity statistics in our CR report. We are transparent about the progress
made and the work still to be done in these areas of focus.
Looking ahead
As a leader in a growing industry, we understand the need to demonstrate our shared commitment, sense of urgency, and
value in contributing to the responsibility and long-term sustainability of the entire pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical
industries. We continue to progress against our sustainability, responsible supply chain, human rights, and D&I goals and plan
for future progress in these focus areas.
This is especially true for environmental sustainability. In fiscal 2021, we achieved our current carbon reduction
commitment, and are now setting new, science-based Scope 1 and 2 carbon reduction targets, in alignment with global efforts to
mitigate the effects of climate change. Effective July 1, 2021, 97% of our electricity usage across our global network is
procured from renewable energy sources such as wind, solar, hydro, and biomass. We will purchase renewable energy
certificates (RECs) for all of our sites operating in North America, South America, and Europe, as well as the majority of its
sites in Asia.
Our Chair and CEO also recently signed a letter of commitment with the Science-Based Target Initiative, adding us to a
growing list of companies setting actionable, science-based, greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emission reduction targets to limit global
warming. This commitment will include calculating and reducing direct and indirect emissions, even as we continue to evolve
and grow. Sourcing the majority of our electricity from renewable sources will contribute to our overall GHG reduction efforts
and is a milestone step towards doing our part in the global community and meeting our SBT commitment. We will publicize
our new GHG reduction targets in our next, fiscal 2021 CR report. Our Scope 3 targets will take longer to assess and establish.
As part of our emerging “responsible supplier’ initiative, we will implement recommendations from our current human
rights assessment, in line with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. We will require our key
direct material suppliers to complete a self-assessment that includes questions on ethics and labor, and will rate them for human
rights risks based on the quality of the self-assessments, their country of operation, type of business, and information in the
public domain. Additionally, select suppliers will be subject to ongoing monitoring for human rights risk violations under our
third-party vetting and due diligence program.
Finally, measuring against our baseline D&I statistics, we are progressing on our goal to recruit more diverse talent,
especially in leadership roles. Through training, hosting internal forums, and establishing internal performance metrics, we are
counter-acting the unconscious bias that too often blinds us from hiring and promoting the diverse talent available to us.
Employee surveys tell us that our people are energized and engaged by our CR and D&I initiatives. Therefore, in addition to
21
closing critical talent gaps, we aim to continue to inspire and motivate our people even more in our journey towards a more
diverse and inclusive Catalent.
Further information on our CR programs is available on our website at https://www.catalent.com/cr, but our website is not
part of our public disclosures and is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
Intellectual Property
We use a combination of know-how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property,
nondisclosure and other contractual provisions, and technical measures to protect certain innovative aspects of our offerings,
services, and intangible assets that we have developed. These proprietary rights can be important to aspects of our ongoing
operations. Many of our operations and products are covered by intellectual property licenses from third parties, particularly our
customers that provide licenses to their proprietary active ingredients or formulations as part of our development or supply
agreements with them, and in certain instances we license our technology to third parties.
We also have a long track record of innovation across our lines of business, and, to further encourage active innovation,
we have developed incentive compensation systems linked to patent filings and other recognition and reward programs for
scientists and non-scientists alike. We have applied in the U.S. and certain other countries for registration of a number of
trademarks, service marks, and patents, some of which have been registered and issued, and also hold common law rights in
various trademarks and service marks. We hold more than 1,300 patents and patent applications worldwide relating to advanced
drug delivery and biologics formulations and technologies, as well as manufacturing and other areas relevant to our business.
We hold patents and license rights relating to certain aspects of our formulations, pharmaceutical and nutritional dosage
forms, mammalian cell engineering, antibody-drug conjugation and plasmid manufacturing. We also hold patents relating to
certain processes and products. We have pending patent applications in the U.S. and certain other countries and intend to pursue
additional patents as appropriate. We have enforced and will continue to enforce our intellectual property rights in the U.S. and
worldwide in appropriate circumstances.
We do not consider any particular patent, trademark, license, franchise, or concession to be material to our overall
business.
Regulatory Matters
The manufacture, distribution, and marketing of healthcare products and the provision of certain services for
development-stage pharmaceutical and biotechnology products are subject to extensive ongoing regulation by the FDA, other
U.S. governmental authorities, and similar regulatory authorities in other countries. Certain of our subsidiaries are required to
register for permits or licenses with, and must comply with the operating, cGMP, quality, and security standards of, applicable
domestic and foreign healthcare regulators, including the FDA, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency (the “DEA”), the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (the “DHHS”), the equivalent agencies of the European Union (the “E.U.”) and its
member states, and various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, and comparable agencies in other jurisdictions,
as well as various accrediting bodies, each depending upon the type of operations and the locations of distribution and sale of
the products manufactured or services provided by those subsidiaries.
In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are subject to other healthcare laws, including the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act, the Public Health Service Act, the Controlled Substances Act, and comparable state and foreign laws and
regulations in certain of their activities.
We are also subject to various federal, state, local, national, and transnational laws, regulations, and requirements, both in
the U.S. and other countries, relating to safe working conditions,
laboratory and distribution practices, and the use,
transportation, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. In addition, applicable import and export laws
and regulations require us to abide by certain standards relating to the cross-border transit of finished goods, raw materials, and
supplies and the handling of information. We are also subject to various other laws and regulations concerning the conduct of
our non-U.S. operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act, and other anti-bribery
laws and laws pertaining to the accuracy of our internal books and records.
The costs associated with complying with the various applicable federal, state,
local, national, and transnational
regulations could be significant, and the failure to comply with such legal requirements could have an adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We
Operate—Failure to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements, including changing standards or changing
interpretations of existing standards, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition or result in claims
from customers. In addition, changes to our procedures or additional procedures, implemented to comply with public health
22
orders or best practice guidelines as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may increase our costs or reduce our productivity
and thereby affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations,” for additional discussion of the costs associated
with complying with the various regulations.
In fiscal 2021, we were subject to 52 regulatory audits, and, over the last five fiscal years, we completed approximately
300 regulatory audits.
Quality Assurance
We are committed to ensuring and maintaining the highest standard of regulatory compliance while providing high
quality products to our customers, supported by our core value of Patient First. To meet these commitments, we have
developed and implemented a Catalent-wide quality management system. We have employees around the globe focusing on
quality and regulatory compliance. Our senior management team is actively involved in setting quality policies, standards, and
internal position papers as well as managing internal and external quality performance. Our quality assurance department
provides quality leadership and supervises our quality systems programs. An internal audit program monitors compliance with
applicable regulations, standards, and internal policies. In addition, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA,
the DEA, and other equivalent local, state, and foreign regulatory authorities as well as our customers. All FDA, DEA, and
other regulatory inspectional observations have been resolved or are on track to be completed at the prescribed timeframe
provided in commitments to the applicable agency in all material respects. We believe that our operations are in compliance in
all material respects with the regulations under which our facilities are governed.
Environmental, Health & Safety Matters
Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, including those of the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), the U.S. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (“OSHA”), and
equivalent state, local, and national regulatory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and
regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use, handling, and disposal of hazardous
substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination, and employee health and safety. Our manufacturing facilities use,
in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and
in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As
at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to
us, for which we have recorded appropriate reserves as needed. We believe that our operations are in compliance in all material
respects with the environment, health, and safety regulations applicable to our facilities.
23
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flow could be
materially and adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently believe are
immaterial, may also impair our business operations.
Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate
Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected by global health epidemics,
including the COVID-19 pandemic.
Any public health epidemic, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may affect our operations and those of third parties
on which we rely, including our customers and suppliers. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be
affected by: disruptions in our customers’ abilities to fund, develop, or bring to market products as anticipated; delays in or
disruptions to the conduct of clinical trials; cancellations of contracts or confirmed orders from our customers; decreased
demand for categories of products in certain affected regions; and inability, difficulty, or additional cost or delays in obtaining
key raw materials, components, and other supplies from our existing supply chain; among other factors caused by a public
health epidemic, including the COVID-19 pandemic.
While the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material negative effect on our overall business, financial condition or
results of operations to date, our customers and suppliers have in some cases experienced negative impacts due to disruptions in
supply chains and disruptions to the operations of the FDA and other drug regulatory authorities, which resulted in, among
other things, delays of inspections, reviews, and approvals of our customers’ products, as well as the volume and timing of
orders from these customers. Such impacts may affect our business in the future. Governmental restrictions related to the
COVID-19 pandemic, which continue to evolve, including travel restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders, business
closures, new safety requirements or regulations, or restrictions on the import or export of certain materials, or other operational
issues related to the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We continue to monitor developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on our business, operations, and
financial condition. For purposes of our operational and financial planning, we have made, and update when appropriate,
certain assumptions regarding the duration, severity, and global economic impact of the pandemic in different regions, and the
need for continued manufacture and supply of COVID-19 vaccines and treatments, each of which remains uncertain. However,
despite careful planning, our assumptions may not be accurate, as the extent to which COVID-19 may affect our future results
will depend on future developments that are uncertain, including: the duration of the pandemic; emerging information
concerning the severity and incidence of the virus and its variants; the emergence of additional virus variants; regional
resurgences of the virus globally; the safety, efficacy, and availability of vaccines and treatments for COVID-19 (including its
variants); the rate at which the population globally becomes vaccinated against COVID-19; the global economic impact of the
pandemic; the actions of governments and regulatory authorities to contain the pandemic or control the supply of vaccines and
treatments; and the actions the pharmaceutical industry, competitors, suppliers, customers, patients, and others may take to
contain or address the pandemic’s direct and indirect effects.
We have seen revenue increases and the potential for further revenue increases in some of our reporting segments,
particularly our Biologics segment, resulting from the testing, manufacturing, and packaging of COVID-19-related products for
our customers. While this positive impact is expected to continue through at least the remainder of calendar 2021 and into 2022,
the duration and extent of future revenues from such testing, manufacturing, and packaging of COVID-19-related products is
uncertain and dependent upon customer demand. See also "—Risks Related to Our Business and the Industry in Which We
Operate—The continually evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting public health response, including the
changing demand for various COVID-19 vaccines and treatments from both patients and governments around the world, may
affect sales of the COVID-19 products we manufacture."
In addition, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or any other public health epidemic could exacerbate other risks we
face, including those described elsewhere in "Risk Factors."
The continually evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting public health response, including the
changing demand for various COVID-19 vaccines and treatments from both patients and governments around the world,
may affect sales of the COVID-19 products we manufacture.
We manufacture or provide services for a variety of products intended for the prevention or treatment of COVID-19 and
its symptoms and effects, including the manufacture of bulk drug substance for one vaccine, fill and finish services for other
vaccines, packaging and distribution services, and the manufacture of excipients used in a COVID-19 treatment. No single one
24
of these products is material to our business. Several of these products are subject to “take-or-pay” provisions that require the
customer to either purchase a minimum amount of product or pay any shortfall resulting from purchases not made. Such
provisions mitigate risks relating to any future uncertainty in the demand for these products.
All of the COVID-19-related products we develop and manufacture have yet to receive full regulatory approval from any
regulatory authority, although some are being marketed and sold pursuant to an emergency use authorization (EUA) from the
FDA or the equivalent authorization from non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Should one or more of these COVID-19-related
products be denied an EUA (or equivalent) or be denied full regulatory approval by the FDA or other major non-U.S. regulatory
authority, the demand for such product/s could decrease significantly and therefore decrease customer orders for additional
development, manufacturing, or packaging of those products, although the financial effect on us may be mitigated by any take-
or-pay provision in place with respect to that product. Additionally, the need for continued manufacture and supply of vaccines
(including potential “booster” doses) and therapies to address the COVID-19 pandemic, including new and developing variants
of COVID-19, is highly uncertain and subject to various political, economic, and regulatory factors that are outside of our
control. Should the U.S. or other major regions worldwide determine that additional manufacture of COVID-19 vaccines,
boosters, or therapies is no longer necessary, it could adversely affect our revenue and financial condition and our ability to
grow our business in the near term. In addition, highly-public political and social debate relating to the need for, efficacy of, or
side effects related to one or more specific COVID-19 vaccines could contribute to changes in public perception of one or more
COVID-19 vaccines manufactured by us, which could decrease demand for a COVID-19 related product we develop,
manufacture, or package.
The demand for our offerings depends in part on our customers’ research and development and the clinical and
market success of their products. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be harmed if our
customers spend less on, or are less successful in, these activities. In addition, customer spending may be affected by,
among other things, the COVID-19 pandemic or recessionary economic conditions caused in whole or in part by the
pandemic.
Our customers are engaged in research, development, production, and marketing of pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and
consumer health products. The amount of customer spending on research, development, production, and marketing, as well as
the outcomes of such research, development, and marketing activities, have a large impact on our sales and profitability,
particularly the amount our customers choose to spend on our offerings. Available resources, the need to develop new products,
and consolidation in the industries in which our customers operate may have an impact on such spending. Our customers
finance their research and development spending from private and public sources. A reduction in spending by our customers,
for these reasons or because of the direct or indirect effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If our customers are not successful in attaining or retaining product
sales due to market conditions, reimbursement issues, or other factors, our results of operations may be materially adversely
affected.
We participate in a highly competitive market, and increased competition may adversely affect our business.
We operate in a market that is highly competitive. We compete with multiple companies as to each of our offerings and in
every region of the globe in which we operate, including competing with other companies that offer advanced delivery
technologies, outsourced dose form or biologics manufacturing, clinical trials support services, or development services to
pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health companies globally. We also compete in some cases with the internal
operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health customers that also have manufacturing capabilities
and choose to source these services internally.
We face substantial competition in each of our markets. Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-
how, capabilities, consistency of operational performance, quality, price, value, responsiveness, and speed. Some competitors
have greater financial, research and development, operational, and marketing resources than we do. Competition may also
increase as additional companies enter our markets or use their existing resources to compete directly with ours. Expanded
competition from companies in low-cost jurisdictions, such as India and China, may in the future adversely affect our results of
operations or limit our growth. Greater financial, research and development, operational, and marketing resources may allow
our competitors to respond more quickly with strategic acquisitions, or with new, alternative, or emerging technologies.
Changes in the nature or extent of our customers’ requirements may render our offerings obsolete or non-competitive and could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to product and other liability risks that could exceed our anticipated costs or adversely affect our results
of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows.
We are subject to potentially significant product liability and other liability risks that are inherent in the design,
development, manufacture, and marketing of our offerings. We may be named as a defendant in product liability lawsuits,
25
which may allege that our offerings have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury to consumers. Such lawsuits,
even those without merit, could be costly to defend and could result in reduced sales, significant liabilities, adverse publicity,
and diversion of management’s time, attention, and resources.
Furthermore, product liability claims and lawsuits, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse
effect on our business operations, financial condition, and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. The
availability of product liability insurance for companies in the pharmaceutical industry is generally more limited than insurance
available to companies in other industries. We maintain product liability insurance with annual aggregate limits in excess of $25
million. There can be no assurance that a successful product liability or other claim would be adequately covered by our
applicable insurance policies or by any applicable contractual indemnity or liability limitations.
Failure to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements, including changing regulatory standards or
changing interpretations of existing standards, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition
or result in claims from customers. In addition, changes to our procedures or additional procedures, implemented to
comply with public health orders or best practice guidelines as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may increase our
costs or reduce our productivity and thereby affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
The healthcare industry is highly regulated. We, and our customers, are subject to various local, state, federal, national,
and transnational laws and regulations, which include the operating, quality, and security standards of the FDA, the DEA,
various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the DHHS, similar bodies of the U.K., the E.U. and its member
states, and other comparable agencies around the world, and, in the future, any change to such laws and regulations or the
interpretation or application thereof could adversely affect us. Among other rules affecting us, we are subject to laws and
regulations concerning cGMP and drug safety. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, new public health orders or best
practice guidelines may increase our costs to operate or reduce our productivity, thereby affecting our business, financial
condition, or results of operations.
Failure by us or by our customers to comply with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations or requests from
regulatory authorities could result in warning letters, product recalls or seizures, monetary sanctions, injunctions to halt
manufacture or distribution, restrictions on our operations, civil or criminal sanctions, or withdrawal of existing or denial of
pending approvals, permits, or registrations, including those relating to products or facilities. In addition, any such failure
relating to the products or services we provide could expose us to contractual or product liability claims as well as claims from
our customers, including claims for reimbursement for lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, which cost could be
significant.
In addition, any new offering or product classified as a pharmaceutical or medical device must undergo lengthy and
rigorous clinical testing and other extensive, costly, and time-consuming procedures mandated by the FDA, the EMA, and other
equivalent local, state, federal, national, and transnational regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions that regulate our offerings
and products.
Although we believe that we comply in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no
assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal would not reach a different conclusion concerning the compliance of our
operations with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or renew
existing permits, licenses, or other regulatory approvals or obtain, without significant delay, future permits, licenses, or other
approvals needed for the operation of our businesses. Any noncompliance by us or our customers with applicable law or
regulation or the failure to maintain, renew, or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have an adverse effect on our results
of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, loss of a permit, license, or other approval in any one portion of our
business may have indirect consequences in another portion of our business if regulators or customers adjust their reviews of
such other portion as a result or customers cease business with such other portion due to fears that such loss is a sign of broader
concerns about our ability to deliver products or services of sufficient quality.
Failure to provide quality offerings to our customers could have an adverse effect on our business, and the market
price of our Common Stock and may subject us to regulatory action or costly litigation.
Our results depend on our ability to execute and improve when necessary our quality management strategy and systems,
and effectively train and maintain our workforce with respect to quality management. Quality management plays an essential
role in determining and meeting customer requirements, preventing defects, and improving our offerings, and, despite our
network of quality systems, a quality or safety issue, including with respect to a high-revenue product such as a COVID-19
vaccine or therapy, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, stock price, or results of operations and
may subject us to regulatory action, including a product recall, product seizure, injunction to halt manufacture or distribution, or
restriction on our operations; monetary fines; or other civil or criminal sanctions. In addition, such an issue could subject us to
26
adverse publicity and costly litigation, including claims from our customers for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged
active pharmaceutical ingredients or other related losses, the cost of which could be significant.
The services and offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, and, if we encounter problems providing the
services or support required, our business could suffer.
The offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, particularly in our Biologics, Softgel and Oral Technologies,
and Oral and Specialty Delivery segments, due in part to complex and exacting manufacturing processes and strict regulatory
requirements. From time to time, problems may arise in connection with facility operations or during preparation or provision
of an offering, in both cases for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, equipment malfunction, sterility variances or
failures, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials, environmental factors, and damage
to, or loss of, manufacturing operations due to fire, flood, or similar causes. Such problems could affect production of a
particular batch or series of batches, require the destruction of or otherwise result in the loss of product or materials used in the
production of product, or could halt facility production altogether. This could, among other things, lead to increased costs, lost
revenue, damage to customer relations, reimbursement to customers for lost active pharmaceutical ingredients or other related
losses, time and expense spent investigating the cause, lost production time, and, depending on the cause, similar losses with
respect to other batches or products. Production problems in our drug and biologic manufacturing operations could be
particularly significant because the cost of raw materials is often higher than in our other businesses. If problems are not
discovered before the product is released to the market, recall and product liability costs may also be incurred. In addition, such
risks may be greater at facilities that are new or going through significant expansion or renovation. The risks associated with
running a highly complex facility doing exacting work with substantial regulatory oversight are enhanced for our larger sites,
like our Bloomington, Indiana, Harmans, Maryland, St. Petersburg, Florida, or Swindon U.K. sites, which generally generate
much more revenue.
If we cannot keep pace with rapid technological advances, our services may become uncompetitive or obsolete, and
our revenue and profitability may decline.
The healthcare industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Demand for our offerings may change in ways we
may not anticipate because of evolving industry standards as well as a result of evolving customer needs that are increasingly
sophisticated and varied and the introduction by others of new offerings and technologies that provide alternatives to our
offerings. Several of our higher margin offerings are based on proprietary technologies. To the extent that such technologies are
protected by patents, their related offerings may become subject to competition as the patents expire. Without the timely
introduction of enhanced or new offerings and technologies, our offerings may become obsolete or uncompetitive over time, in
which case our revenue and operating results would suffer. For example, if we are unable to respond to changes in the nature or
extent of the technological or other needs of our pharmaceutical customers through enhancing our offerings, our competition
may develop offerings that are more competitive than ours and we could find it more difficult to renew or expand existing
agreements or obtain new agreements. Potential innovations intended to facilitate enhanced or new offerings generally will
require a substantial investment before we can determine their commercial viability, and we may not obtain access to the
innovations or have financial resources sufficient to fund all desired innovations.
Even if we succeed in creating or acquiring enhanced or new offerings from these innovations, they may still fail to result
in commercially successful offerings or may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development, and they may be
rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of offerings embodying new
technologies or features. Finally, innovations may not be accepted quickly in the marketplace because of, among other things,
entrenched patterns of clinical practice, the need for regulatory clearance, and uncertainty over market access or government or
third-party reimbursement.
We and our customers depend on patents, copyrights, trademarks, know-how, trade secrets, and other forms of
intellectual property protections, but these protections may not be adequate.
We rely on a combination of know-how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property
laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions, and technical measures to protect many of our offerings and intangible
assets. These proprietary rights are important to our ongoing operations. There can be no assurance that these protections will
provide uniqueness or meaningful competitive differentiation in our offerings or otherwise be commercially valuable or that we
will be successful in obtaining additional intellectual property or enforcing our intellectual property rights against unauthorized
users. Our exclusive rights under certain of our offerings are protected by patents, some of which will expire in the near term.
When patents covering an offering expire, loss of exclusivity may occur, which may force us to compete with third parties,
thereby negatively affecting our revenue and profitability.
27
Our proprietary rights may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. We may in the future be subject to proceedings
seeking to oppose or limit the scope of our patent applications or issued patents. In addition, in the future, we may need to take
legal actions to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity or scope of the
proprietary rights of others. Legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and the outcome of such proceedings may be
unfavorable to us. Any legal action regardless of outcome might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and
management attention.
There can be no assurance that our confidentiality agreements will not be breached, our trade secrets will not otherwise
become known by competitors, or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of
proprietary information. Even if the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property is upheld, an adjudicator might
construe our intellectual property not to cover the alleged infringement. In addition, intellectual property enforcement may be
unavailable or practically ineffective in some countries. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently
develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or that third parties will not design around
our intellectual property claims to produce competitive offerings. The use of our technology or similar technology by others
could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales, or otherwise harm our business.
While we continue to apply in the U.S. and certain other countries for registration of a number of trademarks, service
marks, and patents, and also claim common law rights in various trademarks and service marks, there can be no assurance that
third parties will not oppose our applications in the future. In addition, it is possible that in some cases we may be unable to
obtain the registrations for trademarks, service marks, and patents for which we have applied, and a failure to obtain trademark
and patent registrations in the U.S. or other countries could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and proprietary
technologies and impede our marketing efforts in those jurisdictions.
License agreements with third parties control our rights to use certain patents, software, and information technology
systems and proprietary technologies owned by third parties, some of which are important to our business. Termination of these
license agreements for any reason could result in the loss of our rights to this intellectual property, causing an adverse change in
our operations or the inability to commercialize certain offerings.
In addition, many of our branded pharmaceutical customers rely on patents to protect their products from generic
competition. Because incentives exist in some countries, including the U.S., for generic pharmaceutical companies to challenge
these patents, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are under the ongoing threat of challenges to their patents. If the
patents on which our customers rely were successfully challenged and, as a result, the affected products become subject to
generic competition, the market for our customers’ products could be significantly adversely affected, which could have an
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We attempt to mitigate these risks by making our offerings
available to generic as well as branded manufacturers and distributors, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful
in marketing these offerings.
Our offerings or our customers’ products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties.
From time to time, third parties have asserted intellectual property infringement claims against us and our customers, and
there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against either us or our customers in the future.
While we believe that our offerings do not infringe in any material respect upon proprietary rights of other parties, and that
meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertion to the contrary, there can be no assurance that we could
successfully avoid being found to infringe on the proprietary rights of others. Patent applications in the United States and
certain other countries are generally not publicly disclosed until the patent is issued or published, and we and our customers
may not be aware of currently filed patent applications that relate to our or their products, offerings, or processes. If patents
later issue on these applications, we or they may be found liable for subsequent infringement. There has been substantial
litigation in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of products that are
the subject of conflicting patent rights.
Any claim that our offerings or processes infringe third-party intellectual property rights (including claims arising through
our contractual indemnification of our customers), regardless of the claim’s merit or resolution, could be costly and may divert
the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. We may not prevail against any such claim given the
complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property matters. If any such claim results in an adverse
outcome, we could, among other things, be required to: pay substantial damages (potentially including treble damages in the
U.S.); cease the manufacture, use, or sale of the infringing offerings or processes; discontinue the use of the infringing
technology; expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology; license technology from the third party
claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all; and lose the opportunity
28
to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our
intellectual property against others.
In addition, our customers’ products may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement and such claims could
materially affect our business if their products cease to be manufactured or they have to discontinue the use of the infringing
technology.
Any of the foregoing could affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, and results of operations.
Events that diminish, tarnish, or otherwise damage our brand may have an adverse effect on our future financial
condition and results of operations.
We have built a strong brand in “Catalent,” with high overall and generally favorable awareness of the brand in our
established markets and with target customers. Our brand identity is a competitive advantage for us in sales and marketing,
which is evidenced by our customer mix among top branded drug, generics, biologics, and consumer health marketers. We have
spent and continue to spend substantial time, money, and other resources to establish both our brand awareness and a favorable
perception of our brand in relevant markets. Among other strategies, we participate in major international trade shows in our
established markets and ensure visibility into our offerings through a comprehensive print and on-line advertising and publicity
program. It is possible that a single event, or aggregation of several events, may diminish, tarnish, or otherwise damage our
brand and adversely affect our future financial condition and results of operations.
For example, meaningful interruptions to our ability to reliably supply one or more customers with products on time,
whether as a result of supply chain disruptions or manufacturing delays or defects, may diminish our customers’ confidence in
our ability to timely meet our commitments, thereby damaging our brand. In addition, we are subject to various local, state,
federal, national, and transnational laws and regulations, including the operating, quality, and security standards of the FDA, the
DEA, and similar bodies of the U.K., the E.U., and other comparable agencies around the world. Highly public or significant
negative reports or findings from a regulatory agency with respect to one or more manufacturing or quality defects in our
operations, inspections of our facilities, or other routine reviews could cause negative public perception of our operations,
negatively impacting our brand, and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, many of
the other risks we face, including those described elsewhere in "Risk Factors" could diminish, tarnish, or otherwise damage our
brand.
Our future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components
of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw
materials. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic may interfere with the operations of certain of our direct or indirect
suppliers or with international trade for these supplies, which may either raise our costs or reduce the productivity or slow
the timing of our operations.
We depend on various active pharmaceutical ingredients, components, compounds, raw materials, and energy supplied
primarily by third parties for our offerings. Our customers also frequently provide to us their active pharmaceutical or biologic
ingredient for formulation or incorporation in the finished product and may supply other raw materials as well. It is possible
that any of our or our customers’ supplier relationships could be interrupted due to changing regulatory requirements, import or
export restrictions, natural disasters, international supply disruptions, including those caused by public health emergencies such
as the COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical issues, operational or quality issues at the suppliers’ facilities, and other events, or
could be terminated in the future.
For example, gelatin, a critical component for our Softgel and Oral Technologies segment is available from only a limited
number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from bovine
spongiform encephalopathy, or BSE, have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were
a future disruption in the supply of gelatin, we may not be able to obtain an adequate alternative supply. If future restrictions
were to emerge on the use of bovine-derived gelatin, any such restriction could hinder our ability to timely supply our
customers with products and the use of alternative material could be subject to lengthy and uncertain formulation, testing, and
regulatory approval.
Any sustained interruption in our receipt of adequate supplies could have an adverse effect on our business and results of
operations. In addition, while we have processes intended to reduce volatility in component and material pricing, we may not be
able to successfully manage price fluctuations, and future price fluctuations or shortages may have an adverse effect on our
results of operations.
29
Changes in market access or healthcare reimbursement for, or public sentiment towards our customers’ products in
the United States or internationally, or other changes in applicable policies regarding the healthcare industry, could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition by affecting demand for our offerings.
The healthcare industry has changed significantly over time, and we expect the industry to continue to evolve. Some of
these changes, such as ongoing healthcare reform, including with respect to reforming drug pricing, adverse changes in
governmental or private funding of healthcare products and services, legislation or regulations governing patient access to care
and privacy, or the delivery, pricing, or reimbursement approval of pharmaceuticals and healthcare services or mandated
benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to change the amount of our offerings that they purchase or the price they
are willing to pay for these offerings. In particular, it is possible that future legislation in the U.S. may affect or put a cap on
future pricing of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products. While we are unable to predict the likelihood of changes to U.S.
and other international laws affecting pharmaceutical and biotechnology products, any substantial revision of applicable
healthcare legislation could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our customers’ products, which in turn could have
a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or business. Changes in the healthcare industry’s pricing,
selling, inventory, distribution, or supply policies or practices, or in public or government sentiment for the industry as a whole,
could also significantly reduce our revenue and results of operations. In particular, volatility in individual product demand may
result from changes in public or private payer reimbursement or coverage.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
We generated net operating losses (“NOLs”) in the past that have been, and continue to be, used to reduce taxable
income. Utilization of our NOL carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation under Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and comparable provisions of state, local, and foreign tax
laws due to changes in ownership of our company that may occur in the future. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code and comparable provisions of state, local, and foreign tax laws, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,”
generally defined as a greater than 50% change by value in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s
ability to carry forward its pre-change NOLs to reduce its post-change income may be limited. In addition, we acquired
companies that generated pre-acquisition NOLs for tax purposes that will also be subject to limitation under Section 382 and
comparable provisions of state, local, and foreign tax laws. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of
future changes in our stock ownership. As a result, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards to reduce U.S. federal,
state, local, and foreign taxable income we produce in the future years may be subject to limitations, which could result in
increased future tax liability to us.
Changes to the estimated future profitability of the business may require that we establish an additional valuation
allowance against all or some portion of our net deferred tax assets.
We have deferred tax assets for NOL carryforwards and other temporary differences. We currently maintain a valuation
allowance for a portion of our U.S. net deferred tax assets and certain foreign net deferred tax assets. It is possible we may
experience a decline in U.S. taxable income resulting from a decline in profitability of our U.S. operations, an increased level of
debt in the U.S., or other factors. In assessing our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, we may conclude that it is more
likely than not that some additional portion or all our deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result, we may be required to
record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could adversely affect our effective income tax
rate and therefore our financial results.
We depend on key personnel.
We depend on our executive officers and other key personnel, including our technical personnel, to operate and grow our
business and to develop new and enhanced offerings and technologies. The loss of any of these officers or other key personnel
or a failure to attract and retain suitably skilled technical personnel could adversely affect our operations.
In addition to our executive officers, we rely on more than 150 senior employees to lead and direct our business. Our
senior leadership team is comprised of our subsidiaries’ executive officers and other vice presidents and directors who hold
critical positions and possess specialized talents and capabilities that give us a competitive advantage in the market.
We employ more than 2,500 scientists and technicians whose areas of expertise and specialization cover subjects such as
advanced delivery, biologics and gene and cell therapy formulation and manufacturing. Many of our sites and laboratories are
30
located in competitive labor markets; therefore, global and regional competitors and, in some cases, customers and suppliers
compete for the same skills and talent as we do.
We may acquire businesses and offerings that complement or expand our business or divest non-strategic businesses
or assets. We may not be able to complete desired transactions, and such transactions, if executed, pose significant risks,
including risks relating to our ability to successfully and efficiently integrate acquisitions or execute on dispositions and
realize anticipated benefits therefrom. The failure to execute or realize the full benefits from any such transaction could
have a negative effect on our operations and profitability.
Our future success may depend in part on opportunities to buy or otherwise acquire rights to other businesses or
technologies, enter into joint ventures or otherwise enter into strategic arrangements with business partners that could
complement, enhance, or expand our current business or offerings and services or that might otherwise offer us growth
opportunities, or divest assets or an ongoing business. We face competition from other companies in pursuing acquisitions and
similar transactions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. Our ability to complete transactions may also be limited
by applicable antitrust and trade laws and regulations in the U.S. and other jurisdictions in which we or the operations or assets
we seek to acquire carry on business. To the extent that we are successful in making acquisitions, we expend substantial
amounts of cash, incur debt, or assume loss-making divisions as consideration. We or the purchaser of a divested asset or
business may not be able to complete a desired transaction for any number of reasons, including a failure to secure financing.
Any acquisition that we are able to identify and complete may involve a number of risks, including, but not limited to, the
diversion of management’s attention to integrate the acquired businesses or joint ventures, the possible adverse effects on our
operating results during the integration process, the potential loss of customers or employees in connection with the acquisition,
delays or reduction in realizing expected synergies, unexpected liabilities, and our potential inability to achieve our intended
objectives for the transaction. In addition, we may be unable to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures, and policies,
which may lead to operational inefficiencies.
To the extent that we are not successful in completing desired divestitures, we may have to expend cash, incur debt, or
continue to absorb the costs of loss-making or under-performing divisions. Any divestiture, whether we complete it or not, may
involve numerous risks, including diversion of management’s attention, a negative impact on our customer relationships, costs
associated with maintaining its business during the disposition process, and the costs of closing and disposing of the affected
business or transferring remaining portions of the operations of the business to other facilities.
Cell and gene therapies are relatively new modes of treatment and subject to changing public opinion, continuing
research, and increased regulatory scrutiny, each of which may affect our customers’ abilities to conduct their business or
obtain approvals for their therapies, and thereby adversely affect our cell or gene therapy offerings.
Cell and gene therapy remain relatively new means for treating disease and other medical conditions, with only a few cell
and gene therapies approved to date in the U.S., the E.U., or elsewhere. Public perception may be influenced by claims that cell
or gene therapies are unsafe, and cell or gene therapy may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. In
addition, ethical, social, legal, and cost-benefit concerns about cell or gene therapy, genetic testing, and genetic research could
result in additional regulations or limitations or even outright prohibitions on certain cell or gene therapies or related products.
Various regulatory and legislative bodies have expressed an interest in, or have taken steps towards, further regulation of
various biotechnologies, including cell and gene therapies. More restrictive regulations or claims that certain cell or gene
therapies are unsafe or pose a hazard could reduce our customers’ use of our services. We can provide no assurance whether
legislative changes will be enacted, regulations, policies, or guidance changed, or interpretations of existing strictures by
agencies or courts changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.
We are subject to environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, which could increase our costs or restrict
our operations in the future.
Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, including those of the
EPA, OSHA, and equivalent local, state, and national regulatory agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any failure
by us to comply with environmental, health, and safety requirements could result in the limitation or suspension of production
or subject us to monetary fines, civil or criminal sanctions, or other future liabilities in excess of our reserves. In particular, we
are subject to laws and regulations governing the destruction and disposal of raw materials, byproducts of our manufacturing
operations, and non-compliant products, the handling of regulated material included in our offerings, and the disposal of our
products or their components at the end of their useful lives. In addition, compliance with environmental, health, and safety
requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire costly environmental or safety control
equipment, incur other significant expenses, or modify our manufacturing processes. Our manufacturing facilities may use, in
varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in
31
the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at
our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us.
In the event of the discovery of new or previously unknown contamination either at our facilities, facilities we acquire in the
future, or at third-party locations, including facilities we formerly owned or operated, the issuance of additional requirements
with respect to existing contamination, or the imposition of other cleanup obligations for which we are responsible, we may be
required to take additional, unplanned remedial measures for which we have not recorded reserves. We are conducting
monitoring and cleanup of contamination at certain facilities currently or formerly owned or operated by us, and such activities
may result in unanticipated costs or management distraction.
We are subject to labor and employment laws and regulations, which could increase our costs and restrict our
operations in the future.
We have nearly 17,300 individuals providing services for us worldwide, including approximately 10,300 service
providers in North America, 5,400 in Europe, 1,000 in South America, and 600 in the Asia-Pacific region. Certain employees at
one of our North American facilities are represented by a labor organization, and national works councils or labor organizations
are active at our European facilities and certain of our other facilities consistent with local labor environments and laws. Our
management believes that our employee relations are satisfactory. However, further organizing activities, collective bargaining,
or changes in the regulatory framework for employment may increase our employment-related costs or may result in work
stoppages or other labor disruptions. Moreover, as employers are subject to various employment-related claims, such as
individual and class actions relating to alleged employment discrimination and wage-hour and labor standards issues, such
actions, if brought against us and successful in whole or in part, may affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Certain of our pension plans are underfunded, and additional cash contributions we may make to increase the
funding level will reduce the cash available for our business, such as the payment of our interest expense.
Certain of our current and former employees in the U.S., the U.K., Germany, France, Japan, Belgium, and Switzerland are
participants in defined benefit pension plans that we sponsor. As of June 30, 2021, the underfunded amount of our pension
plans on a worldwide basis was $54 million, primarily related to our pension plans in the U.K. and Germany. In addition, we
have an estimated obligation of $38 million, as of June 30, 2021, related to our withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan
in which we formerly participated. In general, the amount of future contributions to the underfunded plans will depend upon
asset returns, applicable actuarial assumptions, prevailing and expected interest rates, and other factors, and, as a result, the
amount we may be required to contribute in the future to fund the obligations associated with such plans may vary. Such cash
contributions to the plans will reduce the cash available for our business, including the funds available to pursue strategic
growth initiatives or the payment of interest expense on our indebtedness.
Our global operations are subject to economic and political risks, which could affect the profitability of our operations
or require costly changes to our procedures.
We conduct our operations in various regions of the world, including North America, South America, Europe, and the
Asia-Pacific region. Global and regional economic and political developments affect businesses such as ours in many ways.
Our operations are subject to the effects of global and regional competition. Our global operations are also affected by local
economic environments, including inflation and recession. Political changes, some of which may be disruptive, and related
hostilities can interfere with our supply chain, our customers, and some or all of our activities in a particular location. While
some of these risks can be hedged using derivatives or other financial instruments and some are insurable, such mitigating
measures may be unavailable, costly, or unsuccessful.
As a global enterprise, fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar, our reporting currency, against other
currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and results of operations.
As a company with significant operations outside of the U.S., certain revenues, costs, assets, and liabilities, including our
euro-denominated 2.375% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”), are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar,
which is the currency that we use to report our financial results. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these or any other
applicable currency to the U.S. dollar will affect our revenues, earnings, and cash flows. There has been, and may continue to
be, volatility in currency exchange rates affecting the various currencies in which we do business. Such volatility and other
changes in exchange rates could result in unrealized and realized exchange losses, despite any effort we may undertake to
manage or mitigate our exposure to fluctuations in the values of various currencies.
Tax legislative or regulatory initiatives, new interpretations or developments concerning existing tax laws, or
challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
32
We are a large multinational enterprise with operations in the U.S. and more than a dozen other countries across North
and South America, Europe, and the Asia-Pacific region, and we do business with suppliers and customers in many additional
regions. As such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the U.S. federal, state, and local governments and of many
jurisdictions outside of the U.S. From time to time, various legislative initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect
our tax positions, and existing legislation may be subject to additional regulatory changes or new interpretations. There can be
no assurance that our effective tax rate or tax payments will not be adversely affected by these initiatives.
In addition, U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying
interpretations. We are subject to regular examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities. Examinations or
changes in laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations by taxing authorities could result in adverse impacts to tax years open
under statute or to our operating structures currently in place. It is possible that the outcomes from these examinations or
changes in laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations by taxing authorities will have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
We use advanced information and communication systems to run our operations, compile and analyze financial and
operational data, and communicate among our employees, customers, and counter-parties, and the risks generally
associated with information and communications systems could adversely affect our results of operations. We are
continuously working to install new, and upgrade existing, systems and provide employee awareness training around
phishing, malware, and other cyber security risks to enhance the protections available to us, but such protections may be
inadequate to address malicious attacks or inadvertent compromises of data security.
We rely on information systems in our business to obtain, process, analyze, and manage data to:
facilitate the manufacture and distribution of thousands of inventory items in, to, and from our facilities;
receive, process, and ship orders on a timely basis;
•
•
• manage the accurate billing and collections for more than one thousand customers;
•
create, compile, and retain testing and other product-, manufacturing-, or facility-related data necessary for meeting
our and our customers’ regulatory obligations.
• manage the accurate accounting and payment for thousands of vendors and our employees;
•
•
•
schedule and operate our global network of development, manufacturing, and packaging facilities;
document various aspects of our activities, including the agreements we make with suppliers and customers;
compile financial and other operational data into reports necessary to manage our business and comply with various
regulatory or contractual obligations, including obligations under our bank loans and other indebtedness, the federal
securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable state, local, and ex-U.S. tax laws; and communicate
among our nearly 17,300 workers spread across dozens of facilities over four continents.
We face various security threats on a regular basis, including ongoing cyber security threats to and attacks on our
information technology infrastructure. We deploy defenses against such threats and attacks and work to secure the integrity of
our data systems using techniques, hardware, and software typical of companies of our size and scope. Despite our security
measures, however, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by increasingly sophisticated
intruders or others who try to cause harm to or interfere with our normal use of our systems. They are also susceptible to breach
due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. Our suppliers, contractors, service providers, and other third parties
with whom we do business also experience cyber threats and attacks that are similar in frequency and sophistication. In many
cases, we have to rely on the controls and safeguards put in place by our suppliers, contractors, service providers, and other
third parties to defend against, respond to, and report these attacks. We cannot know the potential impact of future cyber
incidents, which vary widely in severity and scale. There can be no assurance that the various procedures and controls we
utilize to mitigate these threats will be sufficient to prevent disruptions to our systems, in part because (i) cyber-attack
techniques change frequently and, at times, new techniques are not recognized until launched, and (ii) cyber-attacks can
originate from a wide variety of sources. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if these systems are interrupted
or damaged or fail for any extended period.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our
ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry or to deploy capital to grow our business, expose us to interest-
33
rate risk to the extent of our variable-rate debt, or prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness. These
risks may be increased in a recessionary environment, particularly as sources of capital may become less available or more
expensive.
As of June 30, 2021, we had $3,277 million (U.S. dollar equivalent) of total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of $997
million of secured indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities and $2,034 million of senior unsecured indebtedness,
including $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.000% U.S. dollar-denominated Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027
Notes”), €825 million aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes, and $550 million aggregate principal amount of U.S.
dollar-denominated 3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes” and, together with the 2027 Notes and the 2028 Notes,
the “Senior Notes”). We also owed $50 million, representing the gross value of the remaining deferred purchase consideration
related to the acquisition of Cook Pharmica LLC (now Catalent Indiana, LLC “Catalent Indiana”), and $193 million of finance
lease obligations. In addition, we had $719 million of unutilized capacity and $6 million of outstanding letters of credit under
our $725 million secured revolving credit commitments, which is part of our senior secured credit facilities (the “Revolving
Credit Facility”).
Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:
•
•
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our
senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;
exposing us to the risk of fluctuations in exchange rates because of our euro-denominated notes;
•
• making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply
with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could
result in one or more events of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness or, through cross-defaults, in
agreements governing other indebtedness;
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or capital
divestitures;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt
service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a
competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able
to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.
investments or causing us to make non-strategic
•
•
•
Our total interest expense, net was $110 million, $126 million, and $111 million for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019,
respectively. After taking into consideration our ratio of fixed-to-floating-rate debt, including as a result of our February 2021
interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A., and assuming that our Revolving Credit Facility is undrawn and
LIBOR is above any applicable minimum floor, each change of 100 basis points in interest rates would result in a change of
approximately $5 million in annual interest expense on the indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities.
Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries are still capable of incurring significant additional debt,
which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements
governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that we may
incur while remaining in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had
approximately $719 million available to us for borrowing, subject to certain conditions, under our Revolving Credit Facility. If
new debt is added to our subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the risks associated with debt we currently face would increase.
Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.
The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in
specified types of transactions. These covenants limit the ability of Operating Company and those of its subsidiaries to which
these covenants apply (which Operating Company’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as
amended, the “Credit Agreement”) calls “restricted subsidiaries”) to, among other things:
•
•
•
•
incur additional indebtedness and issue certain preferred stock;
pay certain dividends on, repurchase, or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted
payments;
pay distributions from restricted subsidiaries;
issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;
34
guarantee certain indebtedness;
•
• make certain investments;
•
•
•
•
sell or exchange certain assets;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
create certain liens; and
consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis.
A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result
of cross-default provisions, and, in the case of our Revolving Credit Facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us.
Despite the limitations in our debt agreements, we retain the ability to take certain actions that may interfere with our
ability to timely pay our substantial indebtedness.
The covenants in the Credit Agreement and in the several indentures governing our Senior Notes (collectively, the
"Indentures") contain various exceptions to the limitations they otherwise impose on our ability and the ability of our restricted
subsidiaries to take the various actions described in the prior risk factor. For example, if the Senior Notes have investment-
grade ratings and we are not in default under these agreements, certain of these covenants will not apply, including the
covenants restricting certain dividends and other payments, the covenants concerning the incurrence of indebtedness, and the
covenants limiting guarantees of indebtedness by our restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the covenants restricting dividends and
other distributions by us, purchases or redemption of certain equity securities, and prepayment, redemption, or repurchase of
any subordinated indebtedness are subject to various exceptions.
We are currently using and may in the future use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market
risks from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness or changes in currency exchange rates, and any such
instrument may expose us to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.
We have executed and may enter into additional or new interest-rate swap agreements, currency swap agreements, or
other hedging transactions in an attempt to limit our exposure to adverse changes in variable interest rates and currency
exchange rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses if, for example, prevailing interest rates decline to a point lower
than any applicable fixed-rate commitment. Any such swap will expose us to credit-related risks that, if realized, could
adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
Risks Relating to Our Series A Preferred Stock
The issuance of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock reduces the relative voting power of holders of our Common
Stock, dilutes the ownership of such holders, and may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.
On May 16, 2019, we filed with the Delaware Secretary of State a certificate of designation of preferences, rights, and
limitations (as amended, the “Certificate of Designation”) with respect to 1,000,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, and,
on May 17, 2019, we completed the sale of 650,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to affiliates (the “Preferred Stock
Investors”) of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. As of August 23, 2021, 384,777 of these shares remained outstanding
representing approximately 4.4% of our outstanding Common Stock, on an as-converted basis. Holders of Series A Preferred
Stock are entitled to a cumulative dividend at the rate of 5.0% per annum, subject to adjustment and payable quarterly in cash or
in-kind through an increase in the stated value of each share of Series A Preferred Stock. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock
also receive, on an as-converted basis, whatever holders of Common Stock receive as a result of any declaration of a dividend
on the Common Stock.
Under various circumstances defined in the Certificate of Designation, shares of our Series A Preferred Stock can be
converted into, or redeemed for, shares of our Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which Series A
Preferred Stock may convert or be redeemed is based in part on the stated value of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, so any
increase in the stated value may lead to an increase in the number of deemed shares of Common Stock held by the Preferred
Stock Investors on an “as-converted” basis.
As holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, on an as-converted basis, together with holders of our
Common Stock, on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of our Common Stock, the issuance of the Series A Preferred
Stock to the Preferred Stock Investors, and any subsequent increase in the stated value of those shares by a payment-in-kind of
the dividends payable thereon, effectively reduces the relative voting power of the holders of our Common Stock.
35
Any conversion or redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock into or for shares of our Common Stock would dilute the
ownership interest of existing holders of our Common Stock, and any sale in the public market of shares of our Common Stock
issued upon such conversion or redemption could adversely affect the market prices of our Common Stock. We granted the
Preferred Stock Investors customary registration rights in respect of their shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any share of
our Common Stock issued upon any conversion or redemption thereof. These registration rights would facilitate the resale of
such securities into the public market, and any such resale would increase the number of shares of our Common Stock available
for public trading. Sales by the Preferred Stock Investors of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public
market, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Common
Stock. As described in Note 8, Earnings Per Share, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual
Report (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”), on November 23, 2020, the Preferred Stock Investors converted 265,233
shares (approximately 41% of their holdings) and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of our Common Stock.
The holders received 20.33 shares of Common Stock for each converted preferred share, resulting in the issuance of 5,392,280
shares of our Common Stock.
The Preferred Stock Investors may exercise influence over us, including through their ability to designate, and the
ability of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to elect, a member of our board of directors.
As of August 23, 2021, the outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock represented approximately 4.4% of our
outstanding Common Stock, on an as-converted basis. In addition, the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock grant the Preferred
Stock Investors consent rights with respect to certain actions by us, including:
•
•
•
amending our organizational documents in a manner that would have an adverse effect on the Series A Preferred
Stock;
issuing securities that are senior to, or equal in priority with, the Series A Preferred Stock; and
incurring indebtedness to the extent such incurrence would cause our Total Leverage Ratio for any applicable Test
Period to exceed 6:00:1:00, determined on a Pro-Forma Basis (as such terms are defined in our Credit Agreement).
As a result, the Preferred Stock Investors have the ability to influence the outcome of certain matters affecting our
governance and capitalization. The sponsors of the Preferred Stock Investors are in the business of making or advising on
investments in companies, including businesses that may directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business,
and they may have interests that diverge from, or even conflict with, those of our other shareholders. They may also pursue
acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not
be available to us.
In addition, the terms of that certain stockholders’ agreement we entered into with the Preferred Stock Investors (the
“Stockholders’ Agreement”) and of the Certificate of Designation grant the Preferred Stock Investors certain rights to designate
a director to serve on our board of directors, which director is elected by a separate class vote of the holders of shares of the
Series A Preferred Stock. For so long as the Preferred Stock Investors beneficially own shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or
shares of our Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock) that have an aggregate value of $250 million,
the Preferred Stock Investors have the right to designate one director for election to our board of directors.
The director designated by the Preferred Stock Investors is entitled to serve on committees of our board of directors,
subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules. Notwithstanding the fact that all directors will be subject to fiduciary duties
to us and to applicable law, the interests of the director designated by the Preferred Stock Investors may differ from the interests
of our security holders as a whole or of our other directors.
Our Series A Preferred Stock has rights, preferences, and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to, the
rights of holders of our Common Stock, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and may result in
the interests of the Preferred Stock Investors differing from holders of our Common Stock.
The holders of Series A Preferred Stock have the right under the Certificate of Designation to receive a liquidation
preference entitling them to be paid out of our assets available for distribution to stockholders before any payment may be made
to holders of any other class or series of capital stock, an amount equal to the greater of (a) the stated value of their preferred
shares plus all accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the amount that such holders would have been entitled to receive upon our
liquidation, dissolution, and winding up if all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of
our Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
In addition, regular dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock accrue and are cumulative at the rate of 5% per annum,
subject to adjustment and payable quarterly in arrears. The dividend on each share of Series A Preferred Stock is to be paid in
cash or in-kind through an increase in the stated value of such share.
36
We are also required to redeem all shares of Series A Preferred Stock upon certain change of control events at a value per
share equal to the greater of (a) the sum of (1) the product of (A) the applicable Mandatory Redemption Multiplier (as defined
in the Certificate of Designation), multiplied by (B) the stated value of each such share, plus (2) all accrued but unpaid
dividends on such share, and (b) the consideration holders would have received if they had converted their shares of Series A
Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the change of control event.
These dividend and share redemption obligations could adversely affect our liquidity and reduce the amount of cash
available for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes.
Our obligations to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock could also limit our ability to obtain additional financing or increase
our borrowing costs, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. The preferential rights could also result in
divergent interests between the Preferred Stock Investors and holders of shares of our Common Stock.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our stock price has historically been and may continue to be volatile, and a holder of shares of our Common Stock
may not be able to resell such shares at or above the price such stockholder paid, or at all, and could lose all or part of such
investment as a result.
The trading price of our Common Stock has been and continues to be volatile. For the three years ended June 30, 2021,
our Common Stock price as quoted on the NYSE ranged from $29.84 to $125.27. The trading price of our Common Stock may
be adversely affected by any one or more of several factors, such as those listed above in “Risks Relating to Our Business and
Industry in Which We Operate” and the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
joint marketing
including financial estimates and investment
results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts or investors;
results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance,
recommendations by securities analysts or investors;
declines in the market prices of stocks generally, or those of pharmaceutical or other healthcare companies;
strategic actions by us or our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions,
relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;
changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;
changes in business or regulatory conditions or regulatory actions taken with respect to our business or the business of
any of our competitors or customers;
future sales of our Common Stock or other of our securities;
investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our Common Stock relative to other investment
alternatives;
any decision by securities analysts to not publish research or reports about our business or to downgrade our stock or
our sector;
the public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with or
information furnished to the SEC;
announcements relating to or developments in litigation;
guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any change in this guidance, or any failure to meet this guidance;
the availability of an active trading market for our Common Stock;
public response to changes in the COVID-19 pandemic and public perceptions as to the need for manufacture of
certain COVID-19-related products and our role in the successful manufacture of such products;
changes in the accounting principles we use to record our results or our application of these principles to our business;
and
other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, hostilities, acts of terrorism, geopolitical
activity, public health crises, including pandemics, or responses to these events.
Broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our
actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float or trading volume of our Common
Stock is low, and the amount of public float on any given day can vary depending on the individual actions of our stockholders.
Following periods of market volatility, stockholders have been known to institute securities class action litigation in order
to recover their resulting losses. If we become involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert
resources and the attention of senior management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
37
Because we have no plan to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future, receiving a return on
an investment in our Common Stock may require a sale for a net price greater than what was paid for it.
We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no
current plan to pay any cash dividend on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future. Any future decision to pay a dividend
in respect of our Common Stock, and the amount and timing of any such dividend, will be at the sole discretion of our board of
directors. Our board of directors may take into account, when deciding whether or how to pay a dividend, such factors as they
may deem relevant, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash
and current and anticipated cash needs, possible future alternative deployments of our cash, our future capital requirements, and
contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our holders of shares of
our Common Stock or by our subsidiaries to us. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in the
agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we or our
subsidiaries incur. As a result, a holder of a share of our Common Stock may not receive any return on such investment unless
it is sold for a price greater than that which was paid for it, taking into account any applicable commission or other costs of
acquisition or sale.
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our Common Stock, by us or our existing stockholders could cause
the market price for our Common Stock to decline.
The sale of shares of our Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm
the prevailing market price of shares of our Common Stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also
might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. In
addition, holders of our Series A Preferred Stock may sell shares of our Common Stock resulting from the conversion or
redemption of their preferred shares, and holders of restricted stock units or options may sell shares of Common Stock resulting
from the vesting of their restricted stock units or the vesting and exercise of their options.
The market price of shares of our Common Stock could drop significantly if the holders of our Common Stock sell their
shares or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise
additional funds through future offerings of shares of our equity securities that we wish to issue. In the future, we may also
issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The number of shares of our Common Stock issued or
issuable in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of then-outstanding shares of our
Common Stock, subject to limitations on issuance of new shares without stockholder approval imposed by the NYSE or to
restrictions set forth in the agreements governing our indebtedness, the Certificate of Designation, and the Stockholders’
Agreement. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments, acquisitions, or otherwise may result in
dilution to the holders of shares of our Common Stock.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay,
defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that may otherwise
be in the best interests of our stockholders, including transactions that might otherwise result in the payment of a premium over
the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.
These provisions provide for, among other things:
•
•
•
•
the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;
advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at
our annual meetings (though our board of directors has implemented shareholder proxy access);
certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;
any amendment of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation only by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3%
of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
Provisions such as those just described, to the extent that they remain in effect, could make it more difficult for a third
party to acquire us, even if the third-party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our
stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.
38
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
39
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our principal executive offices are located at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey. As of June 30, 2021, we had
56 facilities (5 geographical locations operate as multiple facilities because they support more than one reporting segment, with
our Somerset location including both a manufacturing facility and our principal executive offices), comprising manufacturing
operations, development centers, and sales offices contained in approximately 7 million square feet of manufacturing,
laboratory, office and related space. Our manufacturing capabilities include all required regulatory, quality assurance and in-
house validation space. The following table sets forth our facilities containing manufacturing, laboratory, office, and related
space by reporting segment and geographic location as of June 30, 2021:
Geographic Region
North America
South America
Europe
Asia-Pacific
Total
Biologics
12
Softgel and Oral
Technologies
4
Oral and Specialty
Delivery (2)
6
Clinical Supply
Services
3
Corporate
1
Total (1)
26
—
7
—
19
3
4
1
12
—
4
—
10
—
3
5
11
1
1
1
4
4
19
7
56
(1)
(2)
Sites that are used by multiple segments are included once for each segment in this table.
The facility in Somerset, New Jersey houses both an Oral and Specialty Delivery facility and our principal
executive offices.
Additional information with respect to our leases and property, plant, and equipment is contained in Notes 16 and 19,
respectively, to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without
limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with
acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or
damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of any of which could be significant. We intend to vigorously defend
ourselves against any such litigation and do not currently believe that the outcome of any such litigation will have a material
adverse effect on our financial statements. In addition, the healthcare industry is highly regulated and government agencies
continue to scrutinize certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise.
From time to time, we receive subpoenas or requests for information relating to the business practices and activities of
customers or suppliers from various governmental agencies or private parties, including from state attorneys general, the U.S.
Department of Justice, and private parties engaged in patent infringement, antitrust, tort, and other litigation. We generally
respond to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, and responses sometimes require considerable time
and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred. We expect to incur costs in future periods in connection with
future requests.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not Applicable.
40
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The principal market for trading of our Common Stock is the NYSE. Our Common Stock trades under the symbol
“CTLT.”
As of August 23, 2021, we had 7 and 4 holders of record of outstanding shares of our Common Stock and Series A
Preferred Stock, respectively. This number does not include beneficial owners whose shares were held in street name.
We did not declare or pay any dividend on our Common Stock in fiscal 2021 or fiscal 2020. We have no current plan to
pay any dividend on our Common Stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole
discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements,
financial condition, contractual restriction, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a
holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our
subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and the
Certificate of Designation and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in
the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and
Capital Resources—Debt and Financing Arrangements—Debt Covenants.”
Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities
We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report.
Purchases of Equity Securities
In October 2015, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program, which was terminated by our board of
directors in August 2020. There was no purchase by us, on our behalf, or on behalf of any affiliate of our registered equity
securities during the period covered by this Annual Report or at any time during the period the share repurchase program was
authorized by our board of directors.
41
Performan
ff
ce Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder returnt
on our Common Stock from June 30,
2016 through June 30, 2021, based on the market price of our Common Stock and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the
cumulative total shareholder returnt
of companies on the S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Health Care Index. The graph assumes
that $100 was invested in our Common Stock and in each index at the market close on June 30, 2016. The stock price
performance of the following grapha
is not necessarily indicative of futuret
stock performance.
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
$500
$400
$300
$200
$100
$0
6/30/16
6/30/17
6/30/18
6/30/19
6/30/20
6/30/21
Catalent, Inc.
S&P 500 Index
S&P 500 Health Care Index
42
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
We have omitted the selected financial data previously required by Item 301 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the
Exchange Act as we have elected to early adopt the changes to Item 301 contained in SEC Release No. 33-10890.
43
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction
with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. This section of
the Annual Report generally discusses the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and year-to-year comparisons between
the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The discussion of our results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2019 and a comparison of our results for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 is included in Item 7. Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference. In addition to
historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our
plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements.
You should carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly in
“Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Overview
We provide differentiated development and manufacturing solutions for drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene
therapies, and consumer health products at over fifty facilities across four continents under rigorous quality and operational
standards. Our oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies, along with our state-of-the-art protein and cell and gene
therapy manufacturing capacity, address a wide and growing range of modalities and therapeutic and other categories across the
biopharmaceutical and consumer health industries. Through our extensive capabilities, growth-enabling capacity, and deep
expertise in product development, regulatory compliance, and clinical trial supply, we can help our customers take products to
market faster, including nearly half of new drug products approved by the FDA in the last decade. Our development and
manufacturing platforms, which include those in our Biologics, Softgel and Oral Technologies, and Oral and Specialty Delivery
segments, our proven formulation, supply, and regulatory expertise, and our broad and deep development and manufacturing
know-how enable our customers to advance and then bring to market more products and better treatments for patients and
consumers. Our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ and their patients’ needs is the foundation for the value we
provide; annually, we produce more than 70 billion doses for nearly 7,000 customer products, or approximately 1 in every 24
doses of such products taken each year by patients and consumers around the world. We believe that through our investments in
state-of-the-art facilities and capacity expansion, including investments in facilities focused on new treatment modalities and
other attractive market segments our continuous improvement activities devoted to operational and quality excellence, the sales
of existing and introduction of new customer products, and, in some cases, our innovation activities and patents, we will
continue to attract premium opportunities and realize the growth potential from these areas.
We currently operate in four operating segments, which also constitute our four reporting segments: Biologics, Softgel
and Oral Technologies, Oral and Specialty Delivery, and Clinical Supply Services, as further described in "Business—Our
Reporting Segments" contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.
The COVID-19 Pandemic
Our response to COVID-19
Since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken and continue to take steps to protect our employees, ensure the
integrity and quality of our products and services, and to maintain business continuity for our customers and their patients who
depend on us to manufacture and supply critical products to the market. To address the multiple dimensions of the pandemic,
senior, multi-disciplinary teams reporting directly to our Chief Executive Officer have been continuously monitoring the global
situation, executing mitigation activities whenever and wherever required, and implementing a phased and structured return to
our facilities as circumstances have permitted for those employees who have been working remotely.
Among other things, we implemented measures to avoid or reduce infection or contamination in line with guidelines
issued by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the World Health Organization, and local authorities where we
operate, re-emphasized good hygiene practices, restricted non-employee access to our sites, reorganized our workflows where
permitted to maximize physical distancing, limited employee travel, facilitated safer alternatives to travel to and from work, and
employed remote-working strategies. We have reviewed and will continue to analyze our supply chain to identify any risk,
delay, or concern that may have an impact on our ability to deliver our services and products. To date, we have not identified
any significant risk, delay, or concern that would have a substantial effect on such delivery. We have adopted various
procedures to minimize and manage any future disruption to our ongoing operations, including the creation and activation of
44
new and existing business continuity plans when needed. Our existing procedures, which are consistent with cGMP and other
regulatory standards, are intended to assure the integrity of our supply against any contamination. We have a detailed response
plan to manage any impact of the virus on employee health, site operations, and product supply, including immediate
assessment of the health of employees reporting symptoms, comprehensive risk assessment of any impact to quality, additional
cleaning protocols, and alternative shift patterns to compensate should fewer employees be available.
Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business and Results of Operations
Throughout fiscal 2021, we observed some increases in customer delays and cancellations, occasional increases in
absenteeism of production employees in our facilities in certain affected regions, disruptions at times in certain clinical trials
supported by our Clinical Supply Services segment, and a delay in inspections and product approvals by the FDA and
regulatory authorities globally. A portion of our customers reported a reduction in demand, particularly in our consumer health
product lines, and a larger percentage reported an increase in demand.
We have also seen increased demand and significant revenue increases and the potential for further revenue increases
from COVID-19-related products, particularly in our Biologics segment. As part of our response to the COVID-19 pandemic,
we accelerated and enhanced certain of our capital improvement plans to expand capacity for manufacturing drug substance and
drug product for protein-based biologics and cell and gene therapies, particularly at our drug product facilities in Bloomington,
Indiana, Anagni, Italy, and our commercial-scale viral vector manufacturing facility in Maryland. In order to meet customer
demand for developing, manufacturing and packaging COVID-19-related products, we hired approximately 2,200 new
employees at our facilities in Indiana, Maryland, and Anagni, Italy, and built and brought online new clean room suites,
manufacturing lines and other facilities expansions in those locations ahead of schedule. We have also implemented various
strategies to protect our financial condition and results of operations should we experience a reduction in demand for
COVID-19 related products, such as ensuring contractual take-or-pay and minimum volume requirements for the manufacture
of certain COVID-19 related products. However, the extent and duration of revenue associated with COVID-19-related
products is uncertain and dependent, in important respects, on factors outside our control.
The COVID-19-vaccines we manufacture are still pending approval from the FDA and other non-U.S. regulatory
authorities and may not receive approval. The future duration and extent of the COVID-19 pandemic and the future demand for
COVID-19 vaccines and therapies is unknown. Public opinion of certain COVID-19 vaccines and therapies and the product
owners and manufacturers can change quickly and affect the demand for certain products and services, although they should not
affect any required minimum payment for a COVID-19 related product subject to a “take-or-pay” provision. In addition, any
concentration of revenue from certain COVID-19 vaccine products enhances our operational risk with respect to quality,
security, regulatory inspections and business disruption resulting from any unforeseen event that affects any of the facilities and
communities in which we manufacture COVID-19 vaccines. We have implemented various mechanisms to protect our
customers, their material and product, and our business continuity, such as enhanced security measures at certain facilities and
heightened cybersecurity controls.
See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate — Our business,
financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected by global health epidemics, including the COVID-19
pandemic” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate — The continually
evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting public health response, including the changing demand for
various COVID-19 vaccines and treatments from both patients and governments around the world, may affect on sales of the
COVID-19 products we manufacture” elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Critical Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The following disclosure supplements the descriptions of our accounting policies contained in Note 1 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements regarding significant areas of judgment. Management made certain estimates and assumptions during the
preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These estimates and assumptions affect
the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Financial
Statements. These estimates also affect the reported amount of net earnings during the reporting periods. Actual results could
differ from those estimates. Because of the size of the financial statement elements to which they relate, some of our accounting
policies and estimates have a more significant impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements than others.
Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with the
audit committee of our board of directors. A discussion of some of our more significant accounting policies and estimates
follows.
45
Revenue
We sell products and services directly to our pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, and consumer health customers. The
majority of our business is conducted through manufacturing and commercial product supply, development services, and
clinical supply services.
Our contracts with customers often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer.
Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for
separately versus together may require judgment. For our manufacturing and commercial product supply revenue, the contract
generally includes the terms of the manufacturing services and related product quality assurance procedures to comply with
regulatory requirements. Due to the regulated nature of our business, these contract terms are highly interdependent and,
therefore, are considered to be a single combined performance obligation. For our development services and clinical supply
services revenue, our performance obligations vary per contract and are accounted for as separate performance obligations. If a
contract contains a single performance obligation, we allocate the entire transaction price to the single performance obligation.
If a contract contains multiple performance obligations, we allocate consideration to each performance obligation using the
“relative standalone selling price” as defined under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts
with Customers. Generally, we utilize observable standalone selling prices in our allocations of consideration. If observable
standalone selling prices are not available, we estimate the applicable standalone selling price using an adjusted market
assessment approach, representing the amount that we believe the market is willing to pay for the applicable service. Revenue is
recognized over time using an appropriate method of measuring progress towards fulfilling our performance obligation for the
respective arrangement. Determining the measure of progress that consistently depicts our satisfaction of performance
obligations within each of our revenue streams across similar arrangements requires judgment.
Licensing revenue
We occasionally enter into arrangements with customers that include licensing of functional intellectual property,
including drug formulae, or other intangible property (“out-licensing”). We do not have any material license arrangement that
contains more than one performance obligation. Our out-licensing generally entitles us to nonrefundable, up-front fees or
royalties. Nonrefundable, up-front license fees are recognized as revenue when the licensed property is made available for the
customer’s use and benefit, provided there is no unsatisfied performance obligation included in the arrangement. Royalty
payments from such arrangements are recognized when subsequent sale or usage of an item subject to the royalty occurs and
the performance obligation to which royalty relates is satisfied.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
We account for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles -
Goodwill and Other. Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are
tested for impairment at least annually. We perform an impairment evaluation of goodwill annually during the fourth quarter of
our fiscal year or when circumstances otherwise indicate an evaluation should be performed. The evaluation may begin with a
qualitative assessment for each reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting
unit is less than its carrying value. If the qualitative assessment does not generate a positive response, or if no qualitative
assessment is performed, a quantitative assessment, based upon discounted cash flows, is performed and requires management
to estimate future cash flows, growth rates, and economic and market conditions. In fiscal 2020, we proceeded immediately to
the quantitative assessment, but in fiscal 2019 and 2021 we began with the qualitative assessment. Accordingly, no sensitivity
analysis was performed for fiscal 2021. The evaluations performed in fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021 resulted in no impairment
charge.
See Notes 4, Goodwill and 5, Other Intangibles, net to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Series A Preferred Stock Dividend Adjustment Feature
The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock include a dividend adjustment feature to provide the holders with certain
protections against a decline in the trading price of our Common Stock. Because this adjustment feature depends in part on the
value of external metrics at future dates, over which we have no control, this feature is accounted for separately from the rest of
the Series A Preferred Stock as a derivative instrument, which is measured at fair value, as of the valuation date, using a
combination of (i) a Monte Carlo simulation and (ii) a binomial lattice model, which incorporates the terms and conditions of
the Series A Preferred Stock and is based on changes in the market prices of shares of our Common Stock over successive
periods. Key assumptions used in both models include the current market price of one share of the Common Stock and its
historical and expected volatility, risk-neutral interest rates, and the remaining term of the adjustment feature. The calculation of
the estimated fair value of the derivative liability is highly sensitive to changes in the unobservable inputs, such as the expected
volatility and our specific credit spread. We recognize the derivative as either an asset or liability in the consolidated balance
46
sheets at its fair value and revalue it as of the end of each quarterly reporting period; changes in the fair value are recognized in
the consolidated statements of operations.
Income Taxes
In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, we account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset
and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary
differences that currently exist between tax bases and the corresponding financial reporting bases of our assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which we operate.
Deferred taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside of the U.S. when it is expected that these
earnings will be permanently reinvested. In fiscal 2018, we recorded a provision for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding
taxes in relation to expected repatriations as a result of the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the ”2017 Tax Act”), but we have
not made any provision for U.S. income taxes on the remaining undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings
are considered permanently reinvested in the operations of those foreign subsidiaries in post fiscal 2018 years.
The 2017 Tax Act imposed taxes on so-called “global intangible low-taxed income” (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign
subsidiaries of a U.S. company. In accordance with ASC 740, we made an accounting policy election to treat taxes due on
future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred.
We assess the realizability of deferred tax assets by considering all available evidence, both positive and negative, in
assessing the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. We evaluate four possible sources of taxable income when
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets:
•
•
•
•
carrybacks of existing NOLs (if and to the extent permitted by tax law);
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
tax planning strategies; and
future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.
We consider the need to maintain a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets based on management’s assessment of
whether it is more likely than not that we would realize those deferred tax assets as a result of future reversals of existing
taxable temporary differences and the ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period available
under the applicable tax law.
Unrecognized tax benefits are generated when there are differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and
amounts recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Tax benefits are recognized in the Consolidated Financial
Statements when it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. To the extent we prevail in
matters for which liabilities have been established or are required to pay amounts in excess of our liabilities, our effective
income tax rate in a given period could be materially affected. An unfavorable income tax settlement may require the use of
cash and result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the year it is resolved. A favorable income tax settlement would
be recognized as a reduction in the effective income tax rate in the year of resolution.
Our accounting for income taxes involves the application of complex tax regulations in the U.S. and in each of the non-
U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate, particularly European tax jurisdictions. The determination of income subject to taxation
in each tax-paying jurisdiction requires us to review reported book income and the events occurring during the year in each
jurisdiction in which we operate. In addition, the application of deferred tax assets and liabilities will have an effect on the tax
expense in each jurisdiction. For those entities engaging in transactions with affiliates, we apply transfer-pricing guidelines
relevant in many jurisdictions in which we operate and make certain informed and reasonable assumptions and estimates about
the relative value of contributions by affiliates when assessing the allocation of income and deductions between consolidated
entities in different jurisdictions. The estimates and assumptions used in these allocations can result in uncertainty in the
measured tax benefit.
Factors Affecting our Performance
Fluctuations in Operating Results
Our annual financial reporting periods end on June 30. Our revenue and net earnings are generally higher in the third and
fourth quarters of each fiscal year, with our first fiscal quarter typically generating our lowest revenue of any quarter, and our
last fiscal quarter typically generating our highest revenue. These fluctuations are primarily the result of the timing of our, and
our customers’, annual operational maintenance periods at locations in Europe and the U.S., the seasonality associated with
pharmaceutical and biotechnology budgetary spending decisions, clinical trial and research and development schedules, the
47
timing of new product launches and length of time needed to obtain full market penetration, and, to a lesser extent, the time of
the year some of our customers’ products are in higher demand.
Acquisition and Related Integration Efforts
Our growth and profitability are affected by the acquisitions we complete and the speed at which we integrate those
acquisitions into our existing operating platforms. In fiscal 2019, we completed acquisitions of an early-phase development site
in the U.K. and a gene therapy business in the U.S., which have been integrated into our Oral and Specialty Delivery and
Biologics segments, respectively. In fiscal 2020, we completed the acquisition of additional gene and cell therapy assets in the
U.S. and Belgium, which have been integrated into our Biologics segment. We also completed the acquisition of the Anagni
facility in Italy, which has been integrated into our Oral and Specialty Delivery and Biologics segments. In fiscal 2021, we
expanded the capacity and capabilities of our Biologics segment through five acquisitions. First, in September 2020, we
purchased a facility in Bloomington, Indiana that was still undergoing qualification at the time of acquisition and is intended to
support development and early-phase clinical fill and finish activities. We also completed four additional acquisitions in
Gosselies, Belgium: (i) the November 2020 purchase of Skeletal Cell Therapy Support SA (“Skeletal”), including its cell
therapy manufacturing facility; (ii) the April 2021 purchase of Hepatic Cell Therapy Support SA (“Hepatic”), which also
included a cell therapy manufacturing facility co-located with Skeletal in a building owned by Société d’infrastructures, de
services et d’énergies SA (“SISE”); (iii) the June 2021 purchase of SISE, the owner of the building housing Skeletal and
Hepatic's facilities; and (iv) the February 2021 purchase of Delphi. In February 2021, we also acquired a dry powder inhaler
and spray dry manufacturing business from Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. (“Acorda”), which is included in our Oral and Specialty
Delivery segment.
Foreign Exchange Rates
Our operating network is global, and, as a result, we have substantial revenues and operating expenses that are
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which we report our financial results, and are therefore
influenced by changes in currency exchange rates. In fiscal 2021, approximately 38% of our revenue was generated from our
operations outside the U.S. Significant foreign currencies for our operations include the British pound, European euro, Brazilian
real, Argentine peso, Japanese yen, and the Canadian dollar.
Trends Affecting Our Business
Industry
We participate in nearly every sector of the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, which has been estimated
to generate more than $1 trillion in annual revenue, including, but not limited to, the prescription drug and biologic sectors as
well as consumer health, which includes the over-the-counter and vitamins and nutritional supplement sectors. Innovative
pharmaceuticals, and biologics in particular, continue to play a critical role in the global market, while the share of revenue due
to generic drugs and biosimilars is increasing in both developed and developing markets. Sustained developed market demand
and rapid growth in emerging economies is driving consumer health product growth. Payors, both public and private, have
sought to limit the economic impact of pharmaceutical and biologics product demand through greater use of generic and
biosimilar drugs, access and spending controls, and health technology assessment techniques, favoring products that deliver
truly differentiated outcomes.
New Molecule Development and R&D Sourcing
Continued strengthening in early-stage development pipelines for drugs and biologics, compounded by increasing clinical
trial breadth and complexity, support our belief in the attractive growth prospects for development solutions. Large companies
are in many cases reconfiguring their R&D resources, increasingly involving the use of strategic partners for important
outsourced functions and new treatment modalities. Additionally, an increasing portion of compounds in development are from
companies that do not have a full research and development infrastructure, and thus are more likely to need strategic
development solutions partners.
Demographics
Aging population demographics in developed countries, combined with the global COVID-19 pandemic and health care
reforms in many global markets that are expanding access to treatments to a greater proportion of the global population, will
continue to drive increases in demand for pharmaceuticals, biologics, and consumer health products. Increasing economic
affluence in developing regions will further increase demand for healthcare treatments, and we are taking active steps to allow
us to participate effectively in these growth regions and product categories.
48
Finally, we believe the market access and payor pressures our customers face, global supply chain complexity, and the
increasing demand for improved and new modality treatments will continue to escalate the need for advanced formulation and
manufacturing, product differentiation, improved outcomes, and treatment cost reduction, all of which can often be addressed
using our advanced delivery technologies.
Non-GAAP Metrics
As described in this section, management uses various financial metrics, including certain metrics that are not based on
concepts defined in U.S. GAAP, to measure and assess the performance of our business, to make critical business decisions,
and to assess our compliance with certain financial obligations. We therefore believe that presentation of certain of these non-
GAAP metrics in this Annual Report will aid investors in understanding our business.
EBITDA from operations
Management measures operating performance based on consolidated earnings from operations before interest expense,
expense (benefit) for income taxes and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the income attributable to non-controlling
interests (“EBITDA from operations”). EBITDA from operations is not defined under U.S. GAAP, is not a measure of
operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important
limitations.
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA from operations enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial
performance. We believe this measure is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance across periods and use
this measure for business planning purposes. In addition, given the significant investments that we have made in the past in
property, plant and equipment, depreciation and amortization expenses represent a meaningful portion of our cost structure. We
believe that disclosing EBITDA from operations will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability
between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt, and to undertake capital
expenditures without consideration of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA from operations in
order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of the Consolidated Financial Statements,
and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures. Our definition of EBITDA from operations
may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies. The most directly comparable measure to EBITDA
from operations defined under U.S. GAAP is net earnings. Included in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis is a
reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA from operations.
In addition, we evaluate the performance of our segments based on segment earnings before non-controlling interest,
other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), and depreciation and
amortization (“Segment EBITDA”).
Adjusted EBITDA
Under the Credit Agreement and in the Indentures, the ability of Operating Company to engage in certain activities, such
as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments and paying certain dividends, is tied to ratios based on
Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Credit Agreement and “EBITDA” in the Indentures).
Adjusted EBITDA is a covenant compliance measure in our Credit Agreement and Indentures, particularly those covenants
governing debt incurrence and restricted payments. Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the Credit Agreement, is
not defined under U.S. GAAP, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.
In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance metric that guides management in its operation of and planning
for the future of the business and drives certain management compensation programs. Management believes that Adjusted
EBITDA provides a useful measure of our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that are not
representative of our core business, including interest expense and non-cash charges like depreciation and amortization.
The measure under U.S. GAAP most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA is net earnings. In calculating Adjusted
EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring and other items that are deducted when calculating EBITDA from
operations and net earnings, consistent with the requirements of the Credit Agreement. Adjusted EBITDA, among other things:
•
•
does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges;
does not include cash and non-cash restructuring, severance and relocation costs incurred to realize future cost
savings and enhance operations;
49
•
•
adds back any non-controlling interest expense, which represents minority investors’ ownership of non-wholly
owned consolidated subsidiaries and is, therefore, not available; and
includes estimated cost savings that have not yet been fully reflected in our results.
Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per Share
We use Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per share (which we sometimes refer to as “Adjusted EPS”) as
performance metrics. Adjusted Net Income is not defined under U.S. GAAP, is not a measure of operating income, operating
performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We believe that
providing information concerning Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per share enhances an investor’s
understanding of our financial performance. We believe that these measures are useful financial metrics to assess our operating
performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business, and
we use these measures for business planning and executive compensation purposes. We define Adjusted Net Income as net
earnings adjusted for (1) earnings or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, (2) amortization attributable to purchase
accounting, and (3) income or loss from non-controlling interest in majority-owned operations. We also make adjustments for
other cash and non-cash items (as shown above, in “—Adjusted EBITDA”), partially offset by our estimate of the tax effects as
a result of such cash and non-cash items. Our definition of Adjusted Net Income may not be the same as similarly titled
measures used by other companies. Adjusted Net Income per share is computed by dividing Adjusted Net Income by the
weighted average diluted shares outstanding.
Use of Constant Currency
As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of
results on a constant currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve investors’ ability to understand our operating
results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant currency information compares results between
periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period-over-period. We use results on a constant currency basis as one
measure to evaluate our performance. In this Annual Report, we calculate constant currency by calculating current-year results
using prior-year foreign currency exchange rates. We generally refer to such amounts calculated on a constant currency basis as
excluding the impact of foreign exchange. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results
reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not measures of performance presented in accordance with U.S.
GAAP.
Summary Two-Year Key Financial Performance Metrics
Discussion of the year-over-year changes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended June
30, 2019 and the results of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, is included in Item 7,
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations of our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2020, and is incorporated herein by reference.
The below tables summarize our results in fiscal 2021 and 2020 with respect to several financial metrics we use to
measure performance. Refer to the discussions below regarding performance and the use of key financial metrics and “—Non-
GAAP Metrics—Use of Constant Currency” concerning the measurement of revenue at “constant currency.”
Net Revenue and net revenue at constant
currency (in millions)
Actual
Constant Currency
Gross margin (in millions) and gross
margin percentage
FY21
FY20
$3,998
$3,909
$3,094
FY21
FY20
$1,352
34%
$983
32%
$0
$1,000
$2,000
$3,000
$4,000
$0
$250
$500
$750 $1,000 $1,250 $1,500
50
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020
Results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Net revenue
Cost of sales
Gross margin
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary
Other operating expense
Operating earnings
Interest expense, net
Other expense, net
Earnings before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings
Net Revenue
Year-Over-Year Change
Organic
Impact of acquisitions
Impact of divestitures
Constant currency change
Foreign currency translation impact on reporting
Total % change
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
FX Impact
Constant Currency
Increase (Decrease)
Change $
Change %
$
3,998
$
3,094
$
2,646
1,352
687
(182)
19
828
110
3
715
130
585
$
2,111
983
577
1
11
394
126
8
260
39
$
221
$
89
56
33
8
—
—
25
1
8
16
2
14
$
$
815
479
336
102
(183)
8
409
(17)
(13)
439
89
350
26 %
23 %
34 %
17 %
*
96 %
104 %
(14)%
(166)%
169 %
223 %
159 %
2021 vs. 2020
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
Net Revenue
25 %
3 %
(2) %
26 %
3 %
29 %
Net revenue increased by $815 million, or 26%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, compared to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2020. Net revenue increased 3% as a result of acquisitions, which was partially offset by a 2% decrease in net
revenue due to the sale of Catalent USA Woodstock, Inc. (the “Blow-Fill-Seal Business”) in March 2021. Among other
acquisitions, we acquired Skeletal in November 2020, and Delphi and Acorda in February 2021. In addition, we divested a
facility in Australia in October 2019. Organic net revenue increased 25% on a constant-currency basis, and was primarily
driven by robust demand across all our Biologics offerings, in particular demand for our drug product and drug substance
offerings for COVID-19-related programs, offset in part by the loss of volume from the voluntary recall of a previously
launched product in the respiratory specialty platform in our Oral and Specialty Delivery segment and demand decreases
attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic that impacted Softgel and Oral Technologies net revenue.
Gross Margin
Gross margin increased by $336 million, or 34%, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020, excluding the impact of foreign
exchange, primarily as a result of the strong margin profile for all Biologics segment offerings, including demand across our
drug product and drug substance offerings for COVID-19 related programs. Growth was offset in part by the loss in volume
from the voluntary recall of a previously launched product in the respiratory specialty platform in our Oral and Specialty
Delivery segment and decreased demand for our prescription and consumer health products in our Softgel and Oral
Technologies segment. On a constant-currency basis, gross margin, as a percentage of net revenue, increased 200 basis points to
34% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, compared to 32% in the prior year, primarily due to the higher margin profile
associated with our Biologics segment.
51
Selling, General, and Administrative Expense
Selling, general, and administrative expense increased by $102 million, or 17%, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020,
excluding the impact of foreign exchange, driven by $65 million of employee-related cost primarily incurred for wages and
bonuses, a $15 million increase in cost for professional and consulting services, and additional selling, general and
administrative expenses from acquired companies of $13 million, including $2 million of incremental depreciation and
amortization expense and $3 million related to the cost of various transitional services. These increases were partially offset by
$12 million in reduced costs associated with health and welfare benefits and $9 million associated with travel and entertainment
expenses.
The year-over-year increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses was also due to a $32 million increase in
information technology spend associated with headcount increases, additional cyber security initiatives, insurance premium
increases, certain market research initiatives, and COVID-19-related spend for personal protective equipment and test kits for
our employees.
Other Operating Expense
Other operating expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $19 million and $11 million, respectively.
The year-over-year increase was attributable to an increase in impairment charges and an increase in restructuring costs
primarily associated with our plan to reduce costs and optimize our infrastructure in Europe by closing our Clinical Supply
Services facility in Bolton, U.K.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net, of $110 million in fiscal 2021 decreased by $16 million, or 13%, compared to fiscal 2020, driven by
savings from repayment of our formerly outstanding dollar-denominated term loans, euro-denominated term loans, euro-
denominated 4.75% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”), and U.S. dollar-denominated 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026
(the “2026 Notes”), partially offset by interest expenses on the 2028 Notes, the new tranche of dollar-denominated term loans,
and the 2029 Notes. The savings also includes $6 million of additional capitalized interest costs for the fiscal year ended June
30, 2021 compared to the prior fiscal year due to increased capital expenditures.
For additional information concerning our debt and financing arrangements, including the changing mix of debt and
equity in our capital structure, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt and Financing Arrangements” and Note 7, Long-
Term Obligations and Short-Term Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other Expense, net
Other expense, net of $3 million for fiscal 2021 was primarily driven by an $11 million premium on early redemption of
the 2026 Notes, a write-off of $4 million of previously capitalized financing charges related to our repayment of term loans and
our redeemed 2026 Notes, $3 million of financing charges related to our outstanding term loans and a net foreign currency
translation loss of $5 million. Those losses were partially offset by a gain of $17 million related to the fair value of the
derivative liability associated with the Series A Preferred Stock.
Other expense, net for fiscal 2020 of $8 million was primarily driven by financing charges of $16 million. The financing
charges included a $6 million write-off of previously capitalized financing charges related to our repaid euro-denominated term
loan under our senior secured credit facilities and redeemed 2024 Notes, and a $10 million premium on early redemption of the
2024 Notes. The loss was partially offset by a foreign currency gain of $3 million and a derivative gain of $3 million related to
the change in the fair value of the derivative liability arising from the dividend adjustment mechanism of our Series A Preferred
Stock.
Provision for Income Taxes
Our provision for income taxes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 was $130 million relative to earnings before
income taxes of $715 million. Our provision for income taxes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $39 million relative
to earnings before income taxes of $260 million. The increased income tax provision for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
over the prior-year was largely the result of an increase in pretax income and a $56 million income tax charge on the divestiture
of the Blow-Fill-Seal Business. This increase was partially offset by a $47 million income tax benefit for U.S. foreign tax
credits resulting from an amendment to a prior-year return and certain equity compensation deductions. The provision for
income taxes was also impacted by the geographic distribution of our pretax income, the tax impact of permanent differences,
restructuring, special items, and other discrete tax items that may have unique tax implications depending on the nature of the
item.
52
Segme
e
nt Review
The below charts depict the percentage of net revenue from each of our four reporting segments for the previous two
et revenue and EBITDA performance and to —N“—Non-GAAP
years. Refer below for discussions regarding the segments n’
Metrics” forff
iussion of our use of
da diisc
gSegment EBITDA, a measure hthat iis not d fidefi dned
dunder U.S.
GAAP
.
Biologics
FY21 vs. FY20
Softgel and Oral Technologies
FY21 vs. FY20
Oral and Specialty Delivery
FY21 vs. FY20
Clinical Supply Services
FY21 vs. FY20
48%
33%
FY 2021
FY 2020
25%
34%
FY 2021
FY 2020
17%
22%
FY 2021
FY 2020
10%
11%
FY 2021
FY 2020
Our results on a segment basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Biologics
Net revenue
Segment EBITDA
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Net revenue
Segment EBITDA
Oral and Specialty Delivery
Net revenue
Segment EBITDA
Clinical Supply Services
Net revenue
Segment EBITDA
Inter-segment revenue elimination
Unallocated Costs(1)
Combined totals
Net revenue
EBITDA from operations
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
FX Impact
Constant Currency
Increase (Decrease)
Change $
Change %
$
$
1,928
608
$
1,021
237
1,012
237
1,062
257
686
160
391
108
(19)
1
676
201
345
91
(10)
(146)
$
31
11
27
6
21
9
11
5
(1)
(8)
$
$
3,998
1,114
$
$
3,094
640
$
$
89
23
$
$
876
360
(77)
(26)
(11)
(50)
35
12
(8)
155
815
451
86 %
151 %
(7)%
(10)%
(2)%
(25)%
10 %
13 %
(80)%
107 %
26 %
70 %
(1) Unallocated costs include restructurt
ing and special items, stock-based compensation, gain (loss) on sale of
subsidiary, impairment charges, certain other corporate-directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the
segments as follows:
53
(Dollars in millions)
Impairment charges and gain (loss) on sale of assets
Stock-based compensation
Restructuring and other special items (a)
Gain (loss) on sale of subsidiary (b)
Other expense, net (c)
Non-allocated corporate costs, net
Total unallocated costs
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
(9) $
(51)
(31)
182
(3)
(87)
1
$
(5)
(48)
(42)
(1)
(8)
(42)
(146)
$
$
(a) Restructuring and other special items during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 include (i) transaction costs for the
sale of our Blow-Fill-Seal Business, (ii) transaction and integration costs associated with the acquisition of our
facility in Anagni, Italy and the Acorda, Masthercell Global Inc. (“MaSTherCell”), Delphi, Hepatic, Skeletal and
SISE transactions, and (iii) restructuring costs associated with the closure of our Clinical Supply Services facility in
Bolton, U.K. Restructuring and other special items during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 include transaction
and integration costs associated with the Anagni facility, our cell and gene therapy acquisitions, the divestiture of a
facility in Australia, and other restructuring initiatives across our network of sites.
(b)
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, gain on sale of subsidiary is due to the divestiture of our Blow-Fill-Seal
Business, which was part of our Oral and Specialty Delivery segment. Loss on sale of subsidiary for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2020 is due to the divestiture of the Australian facility that was part of the Softgel and Oral
Technologies segment.
(c) Refer to Note 15, Other Expense, net for details of financing charges and foreign currency translation adjustments
recorded within Other Expense, net in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Provided below is a reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA from operations:
(Dollars in millions)
Net earnings
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Income tax expense
EBITDA from operations
Biologics segment
Year-Over-Year Change
Organic
Impact of acquisitions
Constant currency change
Foreign exchange translation impact on reporting
Total % change
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
$
$
$
585
289
110
130
1,114
$
221
254
126
39
640
2021 vs. 2020
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
Net Revenue
Segment
EBITDA
80 %
6 %
86 %
3 %
89 %
148 %
3 %
151 %
5 %
156 %
Net revenue in our Biologics segment increased by $876 million, or 86%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The increase was driven across all segment offerings by robust end-market
demand for our global drug product, drug substance, and cell and gene therapy offerings, primarily related to demand for
COVID-19-related programs.
54
Biologics Segment EBITDA increased by $360 million, or 151%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020,
excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The increase was driven across all segment offerings by robust end-market demand
for our global drug product, drug substance, and cell and gene therapy offerings, primarily related to demand for COVID-19-
related programs.
Several acquisitions contributed to the Biologics inorganic growth in fiscal 2021. Our Anagni, Italy facility, part of which
operates within our Biologics segment, and our MaSTherCell acquisition together increased net revenue and Segment EBITDA
on an inorganic basis by 6% and 3%, respectively, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, compared to the prior year.
Softgel and Oral Technologies segment
Year-Over-Year Change
Organic
Impact of divestitures
Constant currency change
Foreign exchange translation impact on reporting
Total % change
2021 vs. 2020
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
Net Revenue
Segment
EBITDA
(6) %
(1) %
(7)%
2 %
(5) %
(10) %
— %
(10)%
2 %
(8) %
Net revenue in our Softgel and Oral Technologies segment decreased by $77 million, or 7%, compared to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The decrease primarily relates to reduced end-market demand
for prescription products within North America and Europe, as well as lower demand in consumer health products, particularly
in cough, cold, and over-the-counter pain relief products attributable to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. The net revenue
decrease was partially offset by strong development revenue growth.
Softgel and Oral Technologies Segment EBITDA decreased by $26 million, or 10%, compared to the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The decrease, similar to that of net revenue, was primarily driven by a
decrease in demand in both the prescription and consumer health portfolio of products, offset in part by the margin generated
from strong development revenue growth.
Oral and Specialty Delivery segment
Year-Over-Year Change
Organic
Impact of acquisitions
Impact of divestitures
Constant currency change
Foreign exchange translation impact on reporting
Total % Change
2021 vs. 2020
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
Net Revenue
Segment
EBITDA
(3) %
7 %
(6) %
(2)%
3 %
1 %
(24) %
7 %
(8) %
(25)%
5 %
(20) %
Net revenue in our Oral and Specialty Delivery segment decreased by $11 million, or 2%, compared to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. Excluding the effect of acquisitions and divestitures, the loss of
volume resulting from the voluntary recall of a previously launched product in our respiratory specialty platform and decreased
demand for other non-Zydis orally delivered commercial products were partially offset by increased demand for the segment’s
orally delivered Zydis commercial products and early-phase development programs.
Oral and Specialty Delivery Segment EBITDA decreased by $50 million, or 25%, compared to the fiscal year ended June
30, 2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. Segment EBITDA without acquisitions and divestitures decreased 24%,
primarily driven by the loss of volume and voluntary recall impact of a previously launched product in our respiratory specialty
platform, inclusive of charges of $32 million in the aggregate associated with the recall. Increased demand for the segment’s
orally delivered Zydis commercial products and favorable manufacturing efficiencies within our respiratory specialty platform
partially offset the decrease.
55
Our Anagni and Acorda transactions increased net revenue and Segment EBITDA on an inorganic, constant-currency
basis by 7% and 7%, respectively, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the prior year. We divested the Blow-Fill-
Seal Business in March 2021, which decreased net revenue and Segment EBITDA on an inorganic, constant-currency basis by
6% and 8%, respectively, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the prior year.
Clinical Supply Services segment
Year-Over-Year Change
Organic
Constant currency change
Foreign exchange translation impact on reporting
Total % Change
2021 vs. 2020
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
Net Revenue
Segment
EBITDA
10 %
10 %
3 %
13 %
13 %
13 %
5 %
18 %
Net revenue in our Clinical Supply Services segment increased by $35 million, or 10%, compared to the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The increase was driven by strong demand in our manufacturing and
packaging and storage and distribution offerings in North America.
Clinical Supply Services Segment EBITDA increased by $12 million, or 13%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30,
2020, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The increase was driven primarily by strong global demand in our
manufacturing and packaging and storage and distribution offerings.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and use of Cash
Our principal source of liquidity has been cash flow generated from operations and the net proceeds of capital market
activities. The principal uses of cash are to fund operating and capital expenditures, business or asset acquisitions, interest
payments on debt, the payment of deferred purchase consideration from the Catalent Indiana acquisition, the payment of the
quarterly dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock, and any mandatory or discretionary principal payment on our debt. At the
current stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, the aggregate amount of each regular
quarterly dividend, if paid in cash, is $5 million. As of June 30, 2021, and following the February 2021 execution of
Amendment No. 5 (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement, we had available a $725 million Revolving Credit
Facility that matures in May 2024, the capacity of which is reduced by the amount of all outstanding letters of credit issued
under the senior secured credit facilities and those short-term borrowings referred to as swing-line borrowings. At June 30,
2021, we had $6 million of outstanding letters of credit and no outstanding borrowing under our Revolving Credit Facility.
On August 29, 2021, we entered into an agreement to acquire Bettera Holdings, LLC ("Bettera") for $1.00 billion. Bettera
is a manufacturer of nutraceuticals specializing in gummy, soft chew, and lozenge delivery systems. The transaction is expected
to close before December 31, 2021 and we plan to fund this all-cash acquisition through a combination of additional borrowings
under our existing senior secured credit facilities, cash on hand and depending on market conditions, new debt financing.
We nonetheless believe that our cash on hand, cash from operations, and available borrowings under our Revolving
Credit Facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months, including with respect to
payment of the remaining $50 million installment on the Catalent Indiana deferred purchase consideration, our quarterly regular
dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock, if paid in cash, and the amounts expected to become due with respect to our pending
capital projects. We have no significant maturity under any of our bank or note debt until the July 2027 maturity of our 2027
Notes.
56
Cash Flows
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020
The following table summarizes our consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020:
(Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Operating Activities
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
Change $
$
$
$
433
$
(649) $
142
$
440
$
(827) $
1,002
$
(7)
178
(860)
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, cash provided by operating activities was $433 million, a decrease of $7 million
compared to $440 million for the prior year. Cash flow provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
increased primarily due to an increase in operating earnings, which increased from $394 million in fiscal 2020 to $828 million
in fiscal 2021. The increase in cash proceeds from higher operating earnings was partially offset by an unfavorable working
capital impact, which included an unfavorable impact from inventory due to an increase of materials on-hand to assure adequate
supply during the COVID-19 pandemic, an increase in in-process inventory, and unfavorable timing for the collection of trade
accounts receivable.
Investing Activities
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, cash used in investing activities was $649 million, compared to $827 million
during fiscal 2020. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was attributable to a $266 million increase in proceeds
from the sale of subsidiaries and a $232 million decrease in payments for acquisitions, which were partially offset by a $206
million increase in cash used in purchases of property, plant, and equipment. In fiscal 2021, we received $287 million in net
proceeds from the divestiture of our Blow-Fill-Seal Business.
In fiscal 2021, we paid $147 million of cash for the Skeletal, Delphi, and Acorda acquisitions. In fiscal 2020, we paid
$379 million of cash for the MaSTherCell and Anagni acquisitions, net of cash acquired.
Financing Activities
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, cash provided by financing activities was $142 million, which decreased $860
million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $1.00 billion during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. The
decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily driven by a $964 million decrease in net proceeds from equity
offerings, which was partially offset by a $38 million increase in cash received from the exercise of stock options compared to
the prior year.
Debt and Financing Arrangements
Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement
In February 2021, we completed the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the Fifth Amendment, we
refinanced the existing $933 million aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated term loans (the “Term B-2 Loans”)
with the proceeds of an equivalent amount of new U.S. dollar-denominated term loans (the “Term B-3 Loans”), incurred an
additional $67 million aggregate principal amount of Term B-3 Loans, and obtained an additional $175 million of revolving
credit commitments (the “Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments”) under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The Term B-3 Loans constitute a new class of term loans under the Credit Agreement, with an interest rate of one-month
LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.50%) plus 2.00% per annum, a maturity date of February 2028, and quarterly amortization of
principal equal to 0.25%, with payments on the last business day of March, June, September, and December. The proceeds of
the Term B-3 Loans, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the existing Term B-2 Loans
under the Credit Agreement, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate
purposes.
57
The Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments constitute revolving credit commitments under the Revolving Credit
Facility. The applicable rate for all revolving credit commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility is initially LIBOR plus
2.25% and such rate can additionally be reduced to LIBOR plus 2.00% in future periods based on a measure of Operating
Company's total leverage ratio. The maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility is the earlier of (i) May 17, 2024 and (ii)
the 91st day prior to the maturity of the Term B-3 Loans. In addition, pursuant to the Fifth Amendment, certain modifications
were made to the Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, provide for determination of a benchmark replacement
interest rate when LIBOR is no longer available.
The availability of capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility is reduced by the aggregate value of all outstanding
letters of credit under the Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2021, we had $719 million of unutilized capacity under the
Revolving Credit Facility due to $6 million of outstanding letters of credit.
5.000% Senior Notes due 2027
In June 2019, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2027 Notes. The 2027 Notes are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that
guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2027 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance
on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the
Securities Act. The 2027 Notes will mature on July 15, 2027 and bear interest at the rate of 5.000% per annum. Interest is
payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2020. The proceeds of the
2027 Notes after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used to repay in full the outstanding borrowings under
Operating Company's then-outstanding term loans under its senior secured credit facilities that would otherwise have matured
in May 2024.
2.375% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2028
In March 2020, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2028 Notes. The 2028 Notes are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that
guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2028 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance
on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the
Securities Act. The 2028 Notes will mature on March 1, 2028 and bear interest at the rate of 2.375% per annum. Interest is
payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2020. The proceeds of
the 2028 Notes after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used to repay in full the outstanding borrowings under
Operating Company's euro-denominated term loans under its senior secured credit facilities, that would otherwise have matured
in May 2024, and repay in full the 2024 Notes, which would otherwise have matured in December 2024, plus any accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate purposes.
3.125% Senior Notes due 2029
In February 2021, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2029 Notes. The 2029 Notes are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that
guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2029 Notes will mature on February 15, 2029 and bear interest at the rate of
3.125% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2021.
The proceeds of the 2029 Notes after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used to repay in full the outstanding
borrowings under the 2026 Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general
corporate purposes.
Deferred Purchase Consideration
Of the $950 million aggregate nominal purchase price for the Catalent Indiana acquisition, $200 million was payable in
four annual $50 million installments. We made installment payments in October 2018, 2019 and 2020. The balance of the
deferred purchase consideration is due in October 2021, with the difference between the remaining nominal amount and the fair
value balance recorded at date of acquisition treated as imputed interest.
58
Debt Covenants
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
The Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Operating
Company’s (and Operating Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain
preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or
repurchase capital stock; repay subordinated indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments,
loans, or advances; make certain acquisitions; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; amend material agreements governing
Operating Company’s subordinated indebtedness; and change Operating Company’s lines of business.
The Credit Agreement also contains change-of-control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events
of default. The Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with a net leverage covenant when there is a 30% or more draw
outstanding at a period end. As of June 30, 2021, Operating Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the
Credit Agreement.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement permits Operating Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur
certain additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of Operating Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries nor its
dormant Puerto Rico subsidiary is a guarantor of the loans.
Under the Credit Agreement, Operating Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain
additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA
(which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Credit Agreement). Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the
Credit Agreement, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. See “—Non-GAAP Metrics” for
further details on Adjusted EBITDA.
As market conditions warrant, we may from time to time seek to purchase our outstanding debt in privately negotiated or
open-market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Subject to any limitation contained in the Credit Agreement, any
purchase made by us may be funded by the use of cash on hand or the incurrence of new secured or unsecured debt. The
amount involved in any such purchase transaction, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Any such purchase may
involve a substantial amount of one particular class or series of debt, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of such
class or series.
The Senior Notes
The Indentures contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Operating Company and its
restricted subsidiaries to incur or guarantee more debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on, repurchase, or make
distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments; make certain investments; sell certain assets;
create liens; consolidate, merge, sell; or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets; enter into certain transactions
with their affiliates, and designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to a number of
exceptions, limitations, and qualifications as set forth in the Indentures. The Indentures also contain customary events of default
including, but not limited to, nonpayment, breach of covenants, and payment or acceleration defaults in certain other
indebtedness of Operating Company or certain of its subsidiaries. Upon an event of default, either the holders of at least 30% in
principal amount of each of the then-outstanding Senior Notes or the applicable Trustee under the Indentures, may declare the
applicable Senior Notes immediately due and payable; or in certain circumstances,
the applicable Senior Notes will
automatically become immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2021, Operating Company was in compliance with all
material covenants under the Indentures.
Liquidity in Foreign Subsidiaries
As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the amounts of cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries were $351 million
and $228 million, respectively, out of total consolidated cash and cash equivalents of $896 million and $953 million,
respectively. These balances are dispersed across many international locations around the world.
59
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income per Share
The below tables summarize our fiscal 2021 and 2020 results with respect to certain financial metrics we use to measure
performance throughout the fiscal year. Refer to “Non-GAAP Metrics” for further details regarding Adjusted EBITDA and
Adjusted net income per share.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
(in millions)
EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
2021
2020
$1,114
$1,020
$640
$751
$0
$250
$500
$750
$1,000
A reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net earnings, the most directly comparable measure under U.S. GAAP,
which also shows the adjustments from EBITDA from operations, follows:
(In millions)
Net earnings
Interest expense, net
Income tax expense
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA from operations
Stock-based compensation
Impairment charges and (gain) loss on sale of assets
Financing-related expenses and other
Restructuring costs
Acquisition, integration, and other special items
(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary
Foreign exchange (gain) loss (included in other, net) (1)
Other adjustments (2)
Adjusted EBITDA
Favorable (unfavorable) FX impact
Adjusted EBITDA - constant currency
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
$
$
$
$
$
585
110
130
289
1,114
51
9
18
10
21
(182)
(4)
(17)
1,020
27
993
221
126
39
254
640
48
5
16
6
37
1
1
(3)
751
(1) Foreign exchange gain of $4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 includes: (a) $13 million of unrealized
losses related to foreign trade receivables and payables, (b) $3 million of unrealized losses on the unhedged portion
of our euro-denominated debt, and (c) $25 million of unrealized gains on inter-company loans. The foreign
exchange adjustment was also affected by the exclusion of realized foreign currency exchange rate losses from the
settlement of inter-company loans of $5 million. Inter-company loans exist between our subsidiaries and do not
reflect the ongoing results of our trade operations.
Foreign exchange loss of $1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 includes: (a) $5 million of unrealized
losses related to foreign trade receivables and payables, (b) $6 million of unrealized gains on the unhedged portion
of the euro-denominated debt, and (c) $5 million of unrealized losses on inter-company loans. The foreign
exchange adjustment was also affected by the exclusion of realized foreign currency exchange rate gains from the
60
settlement of inter-company loans of $3 million. Inter-company loans exist between our subsidiaries and do not
reflect the ongoing results of our trade operations.
(2)
Primarily represents the gain recorded on the change in the estimated fair value of the derivative liability.
A reconciliation between Adjusted Net Income and net earnings, the most directly comparable measure under U.S.
GAAP, follows. The table also provides a calculation of Adjusted Net Income per each basic share and each diluted share.
Basic, Diluted and Adjusted Net
Income per share
ANI Per Share
EPS - Diluted
EPS - Basic
$3.04
$3.15
$3.11
2021
2020
$2.11
$1.16
$1.14
$0
$1
$2
$3
$4
(In millions, except per share data)
Net earnings
Amortization (1)
Stock-based compensation
Impairment charges and (gain) loss on sale of assets
Financing-related expenses
Restructuring costs
Acquisition, integration, and other special items
(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary
Foreign exchange (gain) loss (included in other, net) (2)
Other adjustments (3)
Estimated tax effect of adjustments (4)
Discrete income tax benefit items (5)
Adjusted net income (ANI)
ANI per share:
ANI per share - basic (6)
ANI per share - diluted (7)
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
$
$
$
$
$
585
93
51
9
18
10
21
(182)
(4)
(17)
3
(38)
549
$
221
89
48
5
16
6
37
1
1
(4)
(47)
(23)
350
3.27
3.04
$
$
2.34
2.11
(1) Represents the amortization attributable to purchase accounting for previously completed business combinations.
(2) Foreign exchange gain of $4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 includes: (a) $13 million of unrealized
losses related to foreign trade receivables and payables, (b) $3 million of unrealized losses on the unhedged portion
of the euro-denominated debt, and (c) $25 million of unrealized gains on inter-company loans. The foreign exchange
adjustment was also affected by the exclusion of realized foreign currency exchange rate losses from the settlement
of inter-company loans of $5 million. Inter-company loans exist between our subsidiaries and do not reflect the
ongoing results of our trade operations.
61
Foreign exchange loss of $1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 includes: (a) $5 million of unrealized
losses related to foreign trade receivables and payables, (b) $6 million of unrealized gains on the unhedged portion
of the euro-denominated debt, and (c) $5 million of unrealized losses on inter-company loans. The foreign
exchange adjustment was also affected by the exclusion of realized foreign currency exchange rate gains from the
settlement of inter-company loans of $3 million. Inter-company loans exist between our subsidiaries and do not
reflect the ongoing results of our trade operations.
(3)
Primarily represents the gain recorded on the change in the estimated fair value of the derivative liability.
(4) We computed the tax effect of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income by applying the statutory tax rate in the relevant
jurisdictions to the income or expense items that are adjusted in the period presented. If a valuation allowance
exists, the rate applied is zero.
(5) Discrete period income tax expense (benefit) items are unusual or infrequently occurring items, primarily including:
changes in judgment related to the realizability of deferred tax assets in future years, changes in measurement of a
prior year tax position, deferred tax impact of changes in tax law, and purchase accounting.
(6) Represents Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted average of Common Stock outstanding. For the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, the weighted average was 168 million and 150 million, respectively.
(7) Represents Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted average sum of (a) the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding, plus (b) the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued assuming exercise or
vesting of all potentially dilutive instruments, plus (c) the number of shares of Common Stock equivalent to the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding under the "if-converted" method. For the fiscal year ended June 30,
2021 and 2020, the weighted average was 180 million and 165 million, respectively.
Interest Rate Risk Management
A portion of the debt used to finance our operations is exposed to interest-rate fluctuations. We may use various hedging
strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed-and floating-rate assets and liabilities. In
February 2021, we replaced one interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A. with another, and each acts or acted
as a hedge against the economic effect of a portion of the variable-interest obligation associated with our U.S dollar-
denominated term loans under our senior secured credit facilities, so that the interest payable on that portion of the debt
becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest-rate changes on future interest expense. The
applicable rate for the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan under the Credit Agreement was LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.50%)
plus 2.00% as of June 30, 2021; however, as a result of the interest-rate swap agreement, the floating portion of the applicable
rate on $500 million of the term loan was effectively fixed at 0.9985% as of February 2021.
Currency Risk Management
We are exposed to fluctuations in the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate on our investments in our foreign operations in
Europe. While we do not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, we have mitigated the exposure of our
investments in our European operations by denominating a portion of our debt in euros. At June 30, 2021, we had $984 million
of euro-denominated debt outstanding that qualifies as a hedge on a net investment in foreign operations. Refer to Note 9,
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of net
investment hedge activity in the period.
From time to time, we may use forward currency exchange contracts to manage our exposure to the variability of cash
flows primarily related to the foreign exchange rate changes of future foreign currency transaction costs. In addition, we may
use foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities. Currently, we do
not use foreign currency exchange contracts. We expect to continue to evaluate hedging opportunities for foreign currency in
the future.
62
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations as a result of certain market risks. These market risks primarily
relate to changes in interest rates associated with our long-term debt obligations and foreign exchange rate changes.
Interest Rate Risk
We have historically used interest-rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable-rate interest obligations
associated with our floating-rate term loans so that the interest payable on the term loans effectively becomes fixed at a certain
rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest-rate changes on our future interest expense.
In February 2021, we replaced one interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A. with another, and each acts
or acted as a hedge against the economic effect of a portion of the variable-interest obligation associated with our term loans
under our senior secured credit facilities, so that the interest payable on that portion of the debt becomes fixed at a certain rate,
thereby reducing the impact of future interest-rate changes on future interest expense. The applicable rate for the term loan
under our Credit Agreement was LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.50%) plus 2.00% as of June 30, 2021; however, as a result of
the interest-rate swap agreement, the floating portion of the applicable rate on $500 million of the term loan was effectively
fixed at 0.9985% as of February 2021.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
By the nature of our global operations, we are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations resulting from foreign
exchange-rate variation. These exposures are transactional and translational in nature. Since we manufacture and sell our
products globally, our foreign-currency risk is diversified. Principal drivers of this diversified foreign-exchange exposure
include the European euro, British pound, Argentinean peso, and Brazilian real. Our transactional exposure arises from the
purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than the functional currency of our operational units. We also have
exposure related to the translation of financial statements of our foreign divisions into U.S. dollars, our functional currency. The
financial statements of our operations outside the U.S. are measured using the local currency as the functional currency, except
in Argentina, a hyper-inflationary economy, where our results are measured in U.S. dollars. Adjustments to translate the assets
and liabilities of these foreign operations in U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income
utilizing period-end exchange rates. Foreign-currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average
exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in other (income) expense, net. Such foreign currency
transaction gains and losses include inter-company loans denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies.
63
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and
2019.
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
65
68
69
70
71
72
73
64
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Catalent, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Catalent, Inc. (the Company) as of June 30, 2021 and 2020,
the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the
Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2021 and 2020,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework), and our report dated August 30, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and that: (1)
relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging,
subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.
Description of the
Matter
Measurement of uncertain tax positions
As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded income tax
expense related to US and non-US tax paying jurisdictions totaling $130 million for the year ended June
30, 2021 and a liability for unrecognized tax benefits totaling $5 million at June 30, 2021. The
Company’s accounting for income taxes involves the application of complex tax regulations in each of
the international tax paying jurisdictions in which it operates. The determination of income subject to
income tax in each tax paying jurisdiction requires management to apply transfer pricing guidelines for
certain intercompany transactions related to certain European countries and make assumptions and
estimates about the value of transactions when allocating income and deductions between consolidated
entities in different tax paying jurisdictions. The estimates and assumptions used in these allocations can
result in uncertainty in the measured tax benefit.
Auditing the completeness and measurement of the liability for recognized tax benefits related to certain
intercompany transactions was complex because the assumptions are based on the interpretation of tax
laws and legal rulings in multiple tax paying jurisdictions and require significant judgment in determining
whether a tax position’s technical merits are more-likely-than-not to be sustained and measuring the
amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition.
65
How We Addressed
the Matter in Our
Audit
We tested controls over the process to assess the technical merits of tax positions related to certain
intercompany transactions, as well as management’s process to measure the benefit of those tax positions,
including controls over the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data. For example, we tested
controls over management’s review of the evaluation of matters identified by and discussed with various
tax authorities.
Our audit procedures with respect to the calculation of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits involved
an assessment of the technical merits of the Company’s tax positions performed with the assistance of tax
subject matter professionals with knowledge of and experience with the application of international and
local income tax laws by the relevant income tax authorities. These procedures also included, among
others, evaluating third-party advice obtained by the Company and making inquiries of its external tax
advisers. We also evaluated the Company’s significant assumptions and the completeness and accuracy
of the data used to determine the amount of tax benefits recognized and tested the accuracy of such
calculations.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.
Iselin, New Jersey
August 30, 2021
66
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Catalent, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Catalent, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Catalent, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of
operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) and our report
dated August 30, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Iselin, New Jersey
August 30, 2021
67
Catalent, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in millions, except share and per share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $12 and $9, respectively
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other
Marketable securities
Total current assets
Property, plant, and equipment, net
Other assets:
Goodwill
Other intangibles, net
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings
Accounts payable
Other accrued liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term obligations, less current portion
Pension liability
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities
Commitment and contingencies (see Note 17)
Total liabilities
$
$
Redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1 million shares authorized at June 30,
2021 and 2020; 384,777 and 650,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021
and 2020, respectively
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1 billion shares authorized at June 30, 2021 and
2020; 170.5 million and 162.8 million shares issued and outstanding at June 30,
2021 and 2020, respectively
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, other than redeemable preferred stock; 99 million
shares authorized at June 30, 2021 and 2020; 0 shares issued and outstanding at
June 30, 2021 and 2020
Additional paid in capital
Accumulated earnings (deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and shareholders’ equity
$
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2020
$
896
$
1,012
563
376
71
2,918
2,524
2,519
817
66
268
953
838
324
178
—
2,293
1,901
2,471
889
49
174
9,112
$
7,777
75
$
385
736
1,196
3,166
137
164
175
4,838
73
321
499
893
2,945
135
94
204
4,271
359
607
2
2
—
4,205
25
(317)
3,915
9,112
$
—
3,818
(535)
(386)
2,899
7,777
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
68
Catalent, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
3,998
$
3,094
$
Net revenue
Cost of sales
Gross margin
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary
Other operating expense
Operating earnings
Interest expense, net
Other expense, net
Earnings before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings
Less: Net earnings attributable to preferred shareholders
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders
Earnings per share:
Basic
Net earnings
Diluted
Net earnings
2,646
1,352
687
(182)
19
828
110
3
715
130
585
2,111
983
577
1
11
394
126
8
260
39
221
(56)
529
$
(48)
173
$
2,518
1,713
805
512
—
19
274
111
3
160
23
137
(5)
132
3.15
3.11
$
$
1.16
1.14
$
$
0.92
0.90
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
69
Catalent, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Dollars in millions)
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Defined benefit pension plan
Net change in marketable securities
Derivatives and hedges
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
585
$
221
$
137
67
—
(1)
3
69
(31)
2
—
(3)
(32)
(19)
(9)
—
—
(28)
109
Comprehensive income
$
654
$
189
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
70
Catalent, Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Dollars in millions, except share data in thousands)
Columns may not foot due to rounding
Shares of
Common
Stock
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Earnings
(Deficit)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensi
ve Loss
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Redeemable
Preferred
Stock
Balance at June 30, 2018
133,424
$
1
$
2,283
$
(872) $
(326) $
1,086
$
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting for ASC 606, net of tax
—
Equity offering, sale of common stock
11,431
Share issuances related to stock-based
compensation
Issuance of redeemable preferred
stock
Stock-based compensation
Cash paid, in lieu of equity, for tax
withholding
Equity issued in lieu of cash
consideration for acquisition
Preferred dividend ($12.50 per share
of redeemable preferred stock)
Net earnings
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Balance at June 30, 2019
Equity offering, sale of common stock
Share issuances related to stock-based
compensation
Stock-based compensation
Cash paid, in lieu of equity, for tax
withholding
Employee stock purchase plan
Preferred dividend ($12.50 per share
of redeemable preferred stock)
Net earnings
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Balance at June 30, 2020
Equity offering, sale of common stock
Share issuances related to stock-based
compensation
Conversion of redeemable preferred
stock
Stock-based compensation
Cash paid, in lieu of equity, for tax
withholding
Exercise of stock options
Employee stock purchase plan
Preferred dividend ($12.50 per share
of redeemable preferred stock)
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income, net of
tax
883
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145,738
16,196
854
—
—
—
—
—
—
162,788
1,163
1,206
5,392
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
446
—
—
33
(15)
10
—
—
—
2,757
1,042
—
48
(32)
3
—
—
—
3,818
82
—
253
51
(46)
38
9
—
—
—
Balance at June 30, 2021
170,549
$
2
$
4,205
$
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3)
137
—
(723)
—
—
—
—
—
(33)
221
—
(535)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(25)
585
—
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(28)
(354)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(32)
(386)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
69
15
447
—
—
33
(15)
10
(3)
137
(28)
1,682
1,042
—
48
(32)
3
(33)
221
(32)
2,899
82
—
253
51
(46)
38
9
(25)
585
69
—
—
—
—
607
—
—
—
—
—
—
607
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
607
—
—
(248)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
(317) $
3,915
$
359
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
71
Catalent, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operations:
Depreciation and amortization
Non-cash foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net
Amortization and write-off of debt financing costs
Asset impairments charges and (gain) loss on sale of assets
(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary
Financing related charges
Gain on derivative instrument
Stock-based compensation
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
Provision for bad debts and inventory
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Increase in trade receivables
Increase in inventories
Increase in accounts payable
Other assets/accrued liabilities, net - current and non-current
Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of property and equipment and other productive assets
Purchases of marketable securities
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries
Payment for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Payment made for investments
Net cash used in investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net change in other borrowings
Proceeds from borrowing, net
Payments related to long-term obligations
Financing fees paid
Dividends paid
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock, net
Exercise of stock options
Cash paid, in lieu of equity, for tax withholding obligation
Other financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Effect of foreign currency on cash
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net
SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
ACTIVITY:
Issuance of Common Stock from partial conversion of redeemable preferred stock
Note receivable from sale of Blow-Fill-Seal Business
$
585
$
221
$
289
(4)
11
9
(182)
18
(17)
51
64
41
(186)
(260)
50
(36)
433
(686)
(72)
—
287
(147)
(31)
(649)
2
164
(67)
(19)
(22)
82
—
38
(46)
10
142
17
(57)
953
896
105
47
253
47
$
$
$
$
$
254
2
12
5
1
10
(3)
48
2
10
(151)
(76)
72
33
440
(466)
—
—
21
(379)
(3)
(827)
(49)
909
(811)
(25)
(36)
1,046
—
—
(32)
—
1,002
(7)
608
345
953
98
43
$
$
$
— $
— $
$
$
$
$
$
137
229
—
14
5
—
5
(13)
33
(15)
13
(119)
(34)
36
(43)
248
(218)
—
1
—
(1,291)
(2)
(1,510)
(8)
1,448
(1,290)
(25)
—
445
646
—
(15)
—
1,201
(4)
(65)
410
345
103
42
—
—
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
72
Catalent, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Business
Catalent, Inc. (“Catalent” or the “Company”) directly and wholly owns PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC (“Intermediate
Holdings”). Intermediate Holdings directly and wholly owns Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Operating Company”). The
financial results of Catalent are primarily comprised of the financial results of Operating Company and its subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis.
In July 2014, the Company commenced an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of its common stock, par value $0.01 (the
“Common Stock”), in which it sold a total of 48.9 million shares at a price of $20.50 per share, before underwriting discounts
and commissions. The Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol
“CTLT” as of the IPO.
The Company provides differentiated development and manufacturing solutions for drugs, protein-based biologics, cell,
and gene therapies, and consumer health products at over fifty facilities across four continents under rigorous quality and
operational standards. Its oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies, along with its state-of-the-art protein and cell
and gene therapy manufacturing capacity address a wide and growing range of modalities and therapeutic and other categories
across the biopharmaceutical and consumer health industries. Through its extensive capabilities, growth-enabling capacity, and
deep expertise in product development, regulatory compliance, and clinical trial supply, it can help its customers take products
to market faster, including nearly half of new drug products approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”)
in the last decade. Its development and manufacturing platforms, which include those in its Biologics, Softgel and Oral
Technologies, and Oral and Specialty Delivery segments, its proven formulation, supply, and regulatory expertise, and its broad
and deep development manufacturing know-how enable its customers to advance and then bring to market more products and
better treatments for patients and consumers. Its commitment to reliably supply its customers’ and their patients’ needs is the
foundation for the value it provides; annually, it produces more than 70 billion doses for nearly 7,000 customer products, or
approximately 1 in every 24 doses of such products taken each year by patients and consumers around the world. The Company
believes that, through its investments in state-of-the-art facilities and capacity expansion, including investments in facilities
focused on new treatment modalities and other attractive market segments, its continuous improvement activities devoted to
operational and quality excellence, the sales of existing and introduction of new customer products, and, in some cases, its
innovation activities and patents, it will continue to attract premium opportunities and realize the growth potential from these
areas.
Reporting Segments
Each of the four reporting segments reports through a separate management team and ultimately reports to the Company's
Chief Executive Officer, who is designated as the Chief Operating Decision Maker for segment reporting purposes. The
Company's operating segments are the same as its reporting segments.
Biologics
The Company’s Biologics segment provides biologic cell-line, cell therapy and viral-based gene therapy development and
manufacturing; formulation, development, and manufacturing for parenteral dose forms, including prefilled syringes, vials, and
cartridges; and analytical development and testing services for large molecules. The segment has extensive expertise in
development, scale up, and commercial manufacturing.
The Company’s growing biologic offering includes cell-line development based on its advanced and patented GPEx suite
of technologies, which are used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for both innovator and biosimilar
biologic compounds. GPEx technology can provide rapid cell-line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility,
and versatility. Its development and manufacturing facility in Madison, Wisconsin has the capability and capacity to produce
current good manufacturing practices ("cGMP") quality biologics drug substance from 250L to 4,000L scale using single-use
technology to provide maximum efficiency and flexibility. Its Bloomington, Indiana facility brings additional biologics
development, clinical, and commercial drug substance manufacturing, and formulation capabilities and capacity. Both
Bloomington and the Anagni, Italy facility add substantial capacity for finished-dose drug product manufacturing and
packaging. The segment has continued to expand production capacity,
including the fourth and fifth drug substance
manufacturing suites in its Madison, Wisconsin facility, expanded drug product manufacturing and packaging capacity in its
Bloomington and Anagni facilities, and recently announced a planned expansion of its Anagni facility to permit drug substance
73
development and manufacturing. Its SMARTag next-generation antibody-drug conjugate (“ADC”) technology, based in
Emeryville, California, is a clinical-stage technology that enables development of ADCs and other protein conjugates with
improved efficacy, safety, and manufacturability.
At the Company’s cell and gene therapy centers in Belgium, Maryland, and Texas, it develops and manufactures complex
biologics, including CAR-T, AAV, lentivirus, oncolytic virus and other cell or virus modalities for cell- and viral-based
therapies and next-generation vaccines. Through continued inorganic investment between November 2020 and June 2021, the
Company acquired two additional cell and gene therapy manufacturing facilities and Delphi Genetics SA (“Delphi”), a plasmid
DNA business, to create a European Center of Excellence in Belgium. This campus now includes clinical through commercial-
scale cell therapy manufacturing and both small- and large-scale plasmid DNA production. Additionally, in August 2021, it
acquired RheinCell Therapeutics GmbH (“RheinCell”), a company based in Lagenfeld, Germany that specializes in pluripotent
stem cell (“iPSC”) production. This portfolio expansion strengthens Catalent’s cell therapy offering by adding proprietary
cGMP iPSC cell lines and enhances the Company’s ability to manufacture next generation cell therapies at scale. In its gene
therapy network across Maryland and Texas, the Company has further expanded its footprint with the construction of 5
additional commercial gene therapy suites at its Harmans commercial campus in Maryland, creating a total of 15 commercial
suites, and repurposed its Rockville facility in Maryland for both small- and large-scale plasmid DNA production. Its
specialized expertise in AAV vectors, the most commonly used delivery system for gene therapy, and both autologous and
allogeneic cell therapy modalities, together with its expanded capabilities in plasmids, positions the Company to capitalize on
strong and growing industry demand in the cell and gene therapy market.
The segment's range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes manufacturing drug substance and filling small
molecules or biologics into vials, syringes, and cartridges, with flexibility to accommodate other formats within the segment's
existing network. In addition to primary packaging, its network provides secondary packaging capabilities, including auto-
injector and safety device assembly for commercial launch and life cycle management. The Company's Clinical Supply
Services business provides a global network for clinical distribution, as well as labeling, packaging and cold chain for clinical
trial supply of biotherapeutics and cell and gene therapies. Its fill and finish services are largely focused on complex
pharmaceuticals and biologics. With its range of technologies, the Company is able to meet a wide range of specifications,
timelines, and budgets. The Company believes that the complexity of the manufacturing process, the importance of experience
and know-how, regulatory compliance, and substantial capital requirements provide it with a meaningful competitive advantage
in the market.
The Biologics segment also offers biologics analytical development and testing services for large molecules, including
bioassay, biophysical characterization, and cGMP release and stability testing. Its OneBio Suite provides customers the
potential to seamlessly integrate drug substance, drug product, and clinical supply management for products in development,
and for integrated commercial supply across both drug substance and drug product. The Biologics segment provides a broad
range of technologies and services supporting the development and launch of new biologic entities, biosimilars, biobetters, and
cell and gene therapies to bring a product from gene to commercialization, faster.
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Through its Softgel and Oral Technologies segment, the Company provides formulation, development, and manufacturing
services for soft capsules, or “softgels,” as well as large-scale manufacturing of oral solid dose forms for pharmaceutical and
consumer health markets, along with supporting ancillary services. Catalent’s softgel technology was first commercialized by
its predecessor in the 1930s, and it has continually enhanced the platform since then. The segment is the market leader in
overall softgel development and manufacturing and holds the leading market position in innovator drug softgels. Its principal
softgel technologies include traditional softgel capsules, in which the shell is made of animal-derived gelatin, and Vegicaps and
OptiShell capsules, in which the shell is made from plant-derived materials. Softgel capsules are used in a broad range of
customer products, including prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, dietary supplements, unit-dose cosmetics, and
animal health medicinal preparations. Softgel capsules encapsulate liquid, paste, or oil-based formulations of active compounds
in solution or suspension within an outer shell. In the manufacturing process, the capsules are formed, filled, and sealed
simultaneously. The segment typically performs encapsulation for a product within one of its softgel facilities, with active
ingredients provided by customers or sourced directly by the Company. Softgels have historically been used to solve
formulation challenges or technical issues for a specific drug, to help improve the clinical performance of compounds, to
provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter medications, and to provide safe handling of
hormonal, highly potent, and cytotoxic drugs. The segment also participates in the softgel vitamin, mineral, and supplement
business in selected regions around the world. With the 2001 introduction of the Company’s plant-derived softgel shell,
Vegicaps capsules, consumer health customers have been able to extend the softgel dose form to a broader range of active
ingredients and serve patient/consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary, or cultural
preferences. In recent years, the segment extended this platform to pharmaceutical products via its OptiShell capsule offering.
74
Its Vegicaps and OptiShell capsules are protected by patents in most major global markets. Physician and patient studies the
Company has conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgels versus traditional tablet and hard capsule dose forms in
terms of ease of swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste, and, for
physicians, perceived improved patient adherence with dosing regimens.
Its large-scale manufacturing under cGMP of oral solid dose forms typically includes late-stage clinical trial supplies,
registration batches, and commercial production across a broad range of formats, and may also involve advanced processing of
intermediates to achieve the desired clinical performance of the prescription or over-the-counter pharmaceutical product.
Finished dose forms include traditional and advanced complex oral solid-doses, including coated and uncoated tablets, pellet/
bead/powder-filled two-piece hard capsules, granulated powders, and other immediate and modified release forms. Advanced
intermediate processing may include coating, extrusion, or spheronization to achieve specific functional outcomes, including
site or time-specific drug release, taste masking, or enhanced bioavailability. The Company has deep experience at managing
complex technical transfers of clinical or commercial programs, whether from Catalent’s early development network in the Oral
and Specialty Delivery segment, other contract development sites, or from customers directly.
Oral and Specialty Delivery
The Company’s Oral and Specialty Delivery segment provides advanced analytical and formulation development and
manufacturing across a range of technologies along with integrated downstream clinical development and commercial supply
solutions. The technologies cover a broad range of oral (including its proprietary fast-dissolve Zydis tablets and many
bioavailability enhancement technologies for both immediate and controlled-release tablets and capsules), respiratory and
inhaled dose forms (including metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers and nasal delivery devices).
The segment provides comprehensive pre-clinical screening, formulation and analytical development, and cGMP
manufacturing at both clinical and commercial scale for both traditional and advanced complex oral solid-dose formats. It has
substantial, proven experience in developing and scaling up orphan and rare disease oral products, especially those requiring
accelerated development
timelines, solubility enhancement, specialized handling (e.g., potent or controlled substance
materials), complex technology transfer and specialized manufacturing processes. It provides spray drying, hot melt extrusion,
micronization, and lipid formulation capabilities, all of which are used to enhance a drug’s bioavailability and clinical
performance. It offers comprehensive analytical method development and scientific capabilities, including stability testing, and
global regulatory services to support both fully integrated development programs and standalone fee-for-service work. In recent
years, the segment has expanded its network of clinical development sites focused on earlier phase compounds (i.e., pre-clinical
and Phase I) to engage with more customer molecules earlier in their development, with the intent to also support these
molecules downstream as they progress towards commercial approval and supply. Demand for its offerings is driven by the
need for strong scientific expertise, the depth and breadth of integrated services offered, as well as the reliability of its supply
performance across quality and operational parameters.
The Company launched its orally dissolving tablet business in 1986 with the introduction of Zydis, a unique proprietary
freeze-dried tablet that dissolves in the mouth, without water, in typically less than three seconds. The platform is often used for
drugs that benefit from rapid oral dissolution and buccal absorption and for drugs for specialized patient groups, including
geriatric or pediatric populations, that have difficulty swallowing (dysphagia). The Company can adapt the Zydis technology to
a wide range of molecules and indications, including prescription treatments for a variety of central nervous system-related
conditions such as migraine, Parkinson’s disease, and schizophrenia, and also for a range of consumer healthcare products
targeting broader indications such as pain or allergy relief. It continues to invest in and develop Zydis orally dissolving tablets
in different ways with its customers as it extends the application of the technology to new therapeutic categories, including
immunotherapy, vaccines and biologic molecule delivery.
The segment’s respiratory platform provides integrated molecule screening, formulation development, and commercial
manufacturing services for inhaled products delivered via metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers, and intra-nasal sprays.
Delivery of these inhaled combination device products requires specialized capabilities to account for both the molecule and the
device, to ensure accurate repeatable dose delivery.
Clinical Supply Services
The Company’s Clinical Supply Services segment provides manufacturing, packaging, storage, distribution, and
inventory management for drugs and biologics in clinical trials. It offers customers flexible solutions for clinical supplies
production and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex clinical trials. This
includes over-encapsulation where needed; supplying placebos, comparator drug procurement, and clinical packages and kits
for physicians and patients; inventory management; investigator kit ordering and fulfillment; and return supply reconciliation
75
and reporting. It supports trials in all regions of the world through its facilities and distribution network. In recent years, the
segment has continued to expand and extend its network, with significant expansions in Kansas City, Missouri and Singapore
and new facilities in California, China, and Japan. The segment continues to develop new solutions for the evolving clinical
trial environment, including FlexDirect direct-to-patient and CT Success and trial planning. The Clinical Supply Services
segment is the leading provider of integrated development solutions and one of the leading providers of clinical trial supplies.
Basis of Presentation
These financial statements include all of the Company’s subsidiaries, including those operating outside the United States
(“U.S.”) and are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant
transactions among the Company’s subsidiaries and reporting segments have been eliminated, other than as noted.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company's management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates
include, but are not limited to, allowance for credit losses, inventory and long-lived asset valuation, goodwill and other
intangible asset valuation and impairment, equity-based compensation, income taxes, derivative valuation, and pension plan
asset and liability valuation. Actual amounts may differ from these estimated amounts.
Reclassification
Certain prior-period amounts were reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications did
not have a material impact on the consolidated statements of operations, consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of
cash flows, or notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Foreign Currency Translation
The financial statements of the Company’s operations outside the U.S. are generally measured using the local currency as
the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of the foreign operations into U.S. dollars are
accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. Beginning on July 1, 2018, as
a result of the three-year cumulative consumer price index exceeding 100%, the Company has accounted for its Argentine
operations as highly inflationary, but this change has not had a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
The currency fluctuation related to certain long-term inter-company loans where settlement is not planned or anticipated
in the foreseeable future have been recorded within the cumulative translation adjustment, a component of other comprehensive
income. In addition, the currency fluctuation associated with the portion of the Company’s euro-denominated debt designated
as a net investment hedge is included as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and
losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in
“other expense, net.” Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include inter-company loans that are repayable in the
foreseeable future.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The
carrying value of these cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Trade receivables, contract assets, and other amounts owed to the Company are presented net of an allowance that
includes an assessment of expected credit losses. The Company determines its allowance methodology by considering various
factors, including the Company’s previous loss history, aging of customer receivable balances, significant aspects of a
geographic location's economic conditions, the current and anticipated future condition of the general economy and the
industries in which the Company's primary customers operate. To the extent that the Company identifies that any individual
customer's credit quality has deteriorated, the Company establishes allowances based on the individual risk characteristics of
that customer. The Company makes concerted efforts to collect all outstanding balances due from customers; however, trade
receivables and contract assets are written off against the allowance when the related balances are no longer deemed collectible.
76
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers
Concentration of credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, is limited due to the large number of customers and their
dispersion across different geographic areas. The customers are primarily concentrated in the pharmaceutical and consumer
products industries. The Company does not normally require collateral or any other security to support credit sales. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and maintains reserves for credit losses.
Such losses historically have been within the Company’s expectations. No single customer exceeded 10% of revenue during the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019. As of June 30, 2021, the Company had one customer that represented 15% or
$155 million of its net trade receivables balance. No customer exceeded 10% of trade receivables as of June 30, 2020.
Inventories
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Company
provides for cost adjustments for excess, obsolete, or slow-moving inventory based on changes in customer demand,
technology developments or other economic factors. Inventory consists of costs associated with raw material, labor, and
overhead.
Goodwill
The Company accounts for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with ASC 350,
Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but
instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company performs an impairment evaluation of goodwill annually
during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year or when circumstances otherwise indicate an evaluation should be performed.
The evaluation may begin with a qualitative assessment for each reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-
than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Factors considered in a qualitative assessment
include, among other things, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, financial performance of the
respective reporting unit and other relevant entity and reporting-unit specific considerations. If the qualitative assessment does
not generate a positive response, or if no qualitative assessment is performed, a quantitative assessment, based upon discounted
cash flows, is performed and requires management to estimate future cash flows, growth rates, and macroeconomic, industry,
and market conditions. In fiscal 2019 and 2021, the Company began its impairment evaluation with the qualitative assessment,
but in fiscal 2020, the Company proceeded immediately to the quantitative assessment.
Based on its qualitative assessment conducted as of April 1, 2021, the Company determined for each reporting unit with
goodwill that it was more likely than not that its respective fair value exceeded its carrying value, indicating there was no
impairment. For more information regarding goodwill balances at June 30, 2021, see Note 4, Goodwill.
Property and Equipment and Other Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets, including leasehold improvements and finance lease right-of-use assets that are amortized
over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of the respective leases. The Company generally uses the following range of
useful lives for its property and equipment categories: buildings and improvements—5 to 50 years; machinery and equipment—
3 to 10 years; and furniture and fixtures—3 to 7 years. Depreciation expense was $196 million for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2021, $165 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, and $141 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.
Depreciation expense includes amortization of assets related to financing leases. The Company charges repairs and maintenance
costs to expense as incurred. The amount of capitalized interest for fiscal 2021 and 2020 was $17 million and $11 million,
respectively, and was immaterial for fiscal 2019.
Intangible assets with finite lives, including customer relationships, patents, and trademarks, are amortized over their
useful lives. The Company also capitalizes certain computer software and development costs in other intangibles, net, when
incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use. Capitalized software costs are
amortized over the estimated useful lives of the software, which generally range from 3 to 5 years. The Company evaluates the
recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, if circumstances indicate impairment may
have occurred pursuant to ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment. This analysis is performed by comparing the respective
carrying values of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an un-discounted basis, to be generated from such
assets. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is
reduced to fair value through a charge to the consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is determined based on
assumptions the Company believes marketplace participants would utilize and comparable marketplace information in similar
arm’s length transactions. The Company recorded impairment charges related to definite-lived intangible assets and property,
77
plant, and equipment of $9 million, $5 million, and $5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019,
respectively.
Post-Retirement and Pension Plans
The Company sponsors various retirement and pension plans, including defined benefit and defined contribution
retirement plans. The measurement of the related benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit costs recorded each year are
based upon actuarial computations, which require management’s judgment as to certain assumptions. These assumptions
include the discount rates used in computing the present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit costs, the
expected future rate of salary increases (for pay-related plans) and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets (for
funded plans). The Company uses the corridor approach to amortize actuarial gains and losses.
The Company has elected to utilize an approach to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit
cost for benefit plans that discounts the individual expected cash flows using the applicable spot rates derived from the yield
curve over the projected cash flow period. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the target asset
allocation and the average expected rate of growth for the asset classes invested. The average expected rate of growth is derived
from a combination of historic returns, current market indicators, and the expected risk premium for each asset class. The
Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for all its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.
Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Fair Value
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The
Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core
business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest-rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by
managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the
Company enters into derivative financial instruments from time to time to manage exposures that arise from business activities
that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the values of which are determined by interest
rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the
Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s
borrowings. The Company does not net any of its derivative positions under master netting arrangements.
Primarily, the Company is exposed to fluctuations in the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate on its investments in foreign
operations in Europe. While the Company does not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, it has mitigated the
exposure of investments in its European operations through a net-investment hedge by denominating a portion of its debt in
euros. In addition, a portion of Operating Company's interest payment obligation on its U.S dollar-denominated term loans is
exposed to interest rate variability. The Company has mitigated its exposure to this risk by entering into interest-rate swap
agreements, which qualify for and are designated as cash-flow hedges. Also, as discussed in Note 9, Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities, the Company has determined that an aspect of the dividend-rate adjustment feature of the Company’s
convertible Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below, see Note 13, Equity, Redeemable Preferred Stock, and Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss) should be accounted for as a derivative liability.
Fair Value
The Company is required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value, either upon initial measurement or for
subsequent accounting or reporting. The Company uses fair value extensively, including in the initial measurement of net assets
acquired in a business combination and when accounting for and reporting on certain financial instruments. The Company
estimates fair value using an exit price approach, which requires, among other things, that it determine the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly market. The determination of an exit price is considered from
the perspective of market participants, considering the highest and best use of assets and, for liabilities, assuming the risk of
non-performance will be the same before and after the transfer. A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of
judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. When estimating fair value,
depending on the nature and complexity of the assets or liability, the Company may use one or all of the following approaches:
•
•
•
Market approach, which is based on market prices and other information from market transactions involving
identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
Cost approach, which is based on the cost to acquire or construct comparable assets less an allowance for functional
and/or economic obsolescence.
Income approach, which is based on the present value of the future stream of net cash flows.
78
Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (“NAV”) per share (or its equivalent)
practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.
•
Marketable Securities
The Company classifies its liquid debt investments with original maturities greater than ninety days as marketable
securities. The Company invests in highly rated corporate debt securities, with the primary objective of minimizing the potential
risk of principal loss. The Company’s investment policy generally requires securities to be investment grade and limits the
amount of credit exposure to any single issuer. The Company regularly reviews its investments and utilizes quantitative and
qualitative evidence to evaluate potential impairments. For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the
Company assesses whether it intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security
before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s
amortized cost basis is written down to fair value. If the criteria are not met, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair
value has resulted from a credit loss or other factors. In making this assessment, management considers, among other factors,
the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and
adverse conditions specifically related to the security. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of
cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present
value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for
credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized costs basis.
The Company classifies its marketable securities as available-for-sale, because it may sell certain of its marketable
securities prior to the stated maturity for various reasons, including management of liquidity, credit risk, duration, relative
return, and asset allocation. The Company determines the fair value of each marketable security in its portfolio at each period
end and recognizes gains and losses in the portfolio in other comprehensive income. As of June 30, 2021, the amortized cost
basis of marketable securities approximates fair value and all outstanding marketable securities mature within one year.
Self-Insurance
The Company is partially self-insured for certain employee health benefits and partially self-insured for property losses
and casualty claims. The Company accrues for losses based upon experience and actuarial assumptions, including provisions
for losses incurred but not reported.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in
shareholders’ equity, consists of foreign currency translation, net change in marketable securities, and defined benefit pension
plan changes.
Research and Development Costs
The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Research and development costs amounted to $21
million, $21 million, and $19 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Earnings Per Share
The Company reports net earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. The Company
computes basic earnings per share for the Common Stock using the two-class method by dividing net income attributable to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The Series A
Preferred Stock, due to its convertible feature, is participating in nature; accordingly, the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock are included in the two-class method. Diluted earnings per common share measures the performance of the
Company over the reporting period while giving effect to all potential shares of Common Stock that were dilutive and
outstanding during the period. The denominator includes the weighted average over the measurement period of the sum of the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and the number of additional such shares that would have been outstanding if
79
the shares of Common Stock that were both potentially issuable and dilutive had been issued, and is calculated using the more
dilutive of the two-class, treasury stock, and if-converted methods.
Income Taxes
In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method.
The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of
temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and
liabilities. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in
which it operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than
not that the Company will be able to realize some or all of the deferred tax assets. The calculation of the Company’s tax
liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in each of its tax jurisdictions. The
number of years with open tax audits varies by tax jurisdiction. A number of years may lapse before a particular matter is
audited and finally resolved. The Company applies ASC 740 to determine the accounting for uncertain tax positions. This
standard clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to
meet before the Company may recognize the position in its financial statements. The standard also provides guidance on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The
Company has elected not to reclassify the income tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income to retained
earnings.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for
its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock
Compensation. Under ASC 718, companies recognize compensation expense using a fair-value-based method for costs related
to share-based payments, including stock options and restricted stock units. The expense is measured based on the grant date
fair value of the awards, and the expense is recorded over the applicable requisite service period. Forfeitures are recognized as
and when they occur. In the absence of an observable market price for a share-based award, the fair value is based upon a
valuation methodology that takes into consideration various factors, including the exercise price of the award, the expected term
of the award, the current price of the underlying shares, the expected volatility of the underlying share price, the expected
dividends on the underlying shares and the risk-free interest rate.
The terms of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans permit an employee holding vested stock options or
restricted stock units to elect to have the Company use a portion of the shares otherwise issuable upon the employee’s exercise
of the option or grant, a so-called “net settlement transaction,” as a means of paying the exercise price, meeting tax withholding
requirements, or both.
Recent Financial Accounting Standards
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)
2018-15,
Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for
Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements
for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for
capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The Company adopted the guidance on
July 1, 2020. The guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes
to the Disclosure Requirement for Fair Value Measurement, which changes the disclosure requirements on fair value
measurements in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. The guidance eliminates certain disclosure requirements that are no
longer considered cost beneficial and adds new disclosure requirements for Level 3 fair value measurements. The Company
adopted the guidance on July 1, 2020. The guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement
disclosures.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which introduces a new accounting model known as Credit Expected Credit Losses
(“CECL”). CECL requires earlier recognition of credit losses on financial assets, while also providing additional transparency
about credit risk. The CECL model utilizes a lifetime expected credit loss measurement objective for the recognition of credit
losses for financial assets at the time they are originated or acquired. The expected credit losses are adjusted each period for
changes in expected lifetime credit losses. This model replaces the multiple existing impairment models in current U.S. GAAP,
which generally require that a loss be incurred before it is recognized. The new standard applies to receivables arising from
80
revenue transactions such as contract assets, accounts receivables, available for-sale debt securities and notes receivable arising
from divestitures. The Company adopted the amended guidance using a modified retrospective approach on July 1, 2020. The
amended guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
New Accounting Standards Not Adopted as of June 30, 2021
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of
Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provides optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for
the discontinuation of a reference rate such as LIBOR, formerly known as the London Interbank Offered Rate, because of
reference rate reform. The expedients and exceptions provided by the guidance do not apply to contract modifications made and
hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022. The ASU is effective for all entities as of March 12,
2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income
Taxes, which eliminates certain exceptions related to the incremental approach for intra-period allocation, deferred tax
recognition requirement for changes in equity method investments and foreign subsidiaries, and methodology for calculating
income taxes in an interim period. The guidance also simplifies certain aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes, the
accounting for step-up in the tax basis of goodwill, and accounting for the change in the enacted change in tax laws or rates.
The ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The
adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—General
(Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plan, which removes
certain disclosures and added additional disclosures around weighted-average interest crediting rates for cash balance plans and
explanation for significant gains and losses related to change in the benefit obligation for the period. The ASU will be effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 with a retrospective application for all periods presented. The adoption of
this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
2. REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company
generally earns its revenue by supplying goods or providing services under contracts with its customers in three primary
revenue streams: manufacturing and commercial product supply, development services, and clinical supply services. The
Company measures the revenue from customers based on the consideration specified in its contracts, excluding any sales
incentive or amount collected on behalf of a third party.
The Company’s customer contracts generally include provisions entitling the Company to a termination penalty when the
customer invokes its contractual right to terminate prior to the contract’s nominal end date. The termination penalties in the
customer contracts vary but are generally considered substantive for accounting purposes and create enforceable rights and
obligations throughout the stated duration of the contract. The Company accounts for a contract cancellation as a contract
modification in the period in which the customer invokes the termination provision. The determination of the contract
termination penalty is based on the terms stated in the relevant customer agreement. As of the modification date, the Company
updates its estimate of the transaction price using the expected value method, subject to constraints, and recognizes the amount
over the remaining performance period.
The Company generally expenses sales commissions as incurred because either the amortization period is one year or
less, or the balance with an amortization period greater than one year is not material.
81
The following tables reflect revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 by type of activity and reporting
segment (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021
Manufacturing & commercial product
supply
Development services
Clinical supply services
Total
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020
Manufacturing & commercial product
supply
Development services
Clinical supply services
Total
$
$
$
$
Biologics
Softgel and Oral
Technologies
Oral and
Specialty Delivery
Clinical Supply
Services
Total
533
$
1,395
—
$
877
135
—
455
231
—
1,928
$
1,012
$
686
$
$
— $
—
391
391
$
Inter-segment revenue elimination
Combined net revenue $
Biologics
Softgel and Oral
Technologies
Oral and
Specialty Delivery
Clinical Supply
Services
Total
$
332
689
—
$
955
107
—
450
226
—
1,021
$
1,062
$
676
$
$
— $
—
345
345
$
The following table reflects revenue by the location where the goods were made or the service performed:
Inter-segment revenue elimination
Combined net revenue $
1,865
1,761
391
4,017
(19)
3,998
1,737
1,022
345
3,104
(10)
3,094
(Dollars in millions)
United States
Europe
Other
Elimination of revenue attributable to multiple locations
Total
Manufacturing & Commercial Product Supply Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2020
$
$
2,462 $
1,343
288
(95)
3,998 $
1,822
976
376
(80)
3,094
Manufacturing and commercial product supply revenue consists of revenue earned by manufacturing products supplied to
customers under long-term commercial supply arrangements. In these arrangements, the customer typically owns and supplies
the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, that is used in the manufacturing process. The contract generally includes the
terms of the manufacturing services and related product quality assurance procedures to comply with regulatory requirements.
Due to the regulated nature of the Company’s business, these contract terms are highly interdependent and, therefore, are
considered to be a single combined performance obligation. The transaction price is generally stated in the agreement as a fixed
price per unit, with no contractual provision for a refund or price concession. Control is transferred to the customer over time,
creating a corresponding right to recognize the related revenue, because there is no alternative use to the Company for the asset
created and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed as of that date. Progress is measured
based on the units of product that have successfully completed the contractually required product quality assurance process, as
the conclusion of that process generally defines the time when the applicable contract and the related regulatory requirements
permit the customer to exercise control over the product’s disposition. The customer is typically responsible for arranging the
shipping and handling of product following completion of the quality assurance process.
Payment is typically due 30 to 90 days after the goods are shipped as requested by the customer, based on the payment
terms set forth in the applicable customer agreement.
Development Services Revenue
Development services contracts generally take the form of short-term, fee-for-service arrangements. Performance
obligations vary, but frequently include biologic cell-line development, performing formulation, analytical stability, or other
services related to product development, and providing manufacturing services for products that are under development or
otherwise not intended for commercial sale. The transaction prices for these arrangements are fixed and include amounts stated
82
in the contracts for each promised service, and each service is generally considered to be a separate performance obligation. The
Company recognizes revenue over time because there is no alternative use to the Company for the asset created and the
Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed as of that date.
The Company measures progress toward the completion of its performance obligations satisfied over time based on the
nature of the services to be performed. For certain types of arrangements, revenue is recognized over time and measured using
an output method based on the completion of tasks and activities that are performed to satisfy a performance obligation. For all
other types of arrangements, revenue is recognized over time and measured using an input method based on effort expended.
Each of these methods provides an appropriate depiction of the Company’s progress toward fulfilling its performance
obligations for its respective arrangement. In certain development services arrangements that require a portion of the contract
consideration to be received in advance at the commencement of the contract, such advance payment is initially recorded as a
contract liability.
The Company allocates consideration to each performance obligation using the “relative standalone selling price” as
defined under ASC 606. Generally,
the Company utilizes observable standalone selling prices in its allocations of
consideration. If observable standalone selling prices are not available, the Company estimates the applicable standalone selling
price using an adjusted market assessment approach, representing the amount that the Company believes the market is willing
to pay for the applicable service. Payment is typically due 30 to 90 days following the completion of services provided to the
customer, based on the payment terms set forth in the applicable customer agreement.
Clinical Supply Services Revenue
Clinical supply services contracts generally take the form of fee-for-service arrangements. Performance obligations for
clinical supply services revenue typically include a combination of the following services: the manufacturing, packaging,
storage, distribution, destruction, and inventory management of customer clinical trial material. Performance obligations can
also include the sourcing of comparator drug products on behalf of customers to be used in clinical trials to compare
performance with the drug under clinical investigation. In certain arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue over time
when the Company satisfies performance obligations. Satisfaction of the performance obligations is measured using an input
method measure of progress based on effort expended by the Company. In other arrangements, revenue is recognized at the
point in time when control transfers, which occurs upon either the delivery of the related output of the service to the customer
or the completion of quality testing with respect to the product, and the Company has an enforceable right to payment based on
the terms of the arrangement.
Payment is typically due 30 to 90 days following the completion of services provided to the customer, based on the
payment terms set forth in the applicable customer agreement.
The Company records revenue for comparator sourcing arrangements on a net basis because it is acting as an agent that
does not control the product or service before it is transferred to the customer. Payment for comparator sourcing activity is
typically received in advance at the commencement of the contract and is initially recorded as a contract liability.
Licensing Revenue
The Company occasionally enters into arrangements with its customers that include licenses of functional intellectual
property, including patents, or other intangible property (“out-licensing”). Revenue from such arrangements are within the
scope of ASC 606. The Company does not have any material license arrangement that contains more than one performance
obligation. The terms of such out-licensing arrangements include the license of functional intellectual or intangible property
(primarily drug formulae) and typically provide for payment by the licensee of one or more of the following: non-refundable,
up-front license fees or royalties on net sales of licensed products. The Company recognizes revenue from nonrefundable, up-
front license fees when the licensed intellectual property is made available for the customer’s use and benefit, which is
generally at the inception of the arrangement. Royalty payments from such arrangements are recognized when subsequent sale
or usage of an item subject to the royalty occurs and the performance obligation to which royalty relates is satisfied.
83
Contract Liabilities
Contract
liabilities relate to cash consideration that
the Company receives in advance of satisfying the related
performance obligations. The contract liabilities balances (current and non-current) as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 were
as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2020
Balance at June 30, 2021
Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in contracts liability at the beginning of the period:
$ 218
$ 321
$ 196
Contract liabilities that will be recognized within 12 months of June 30, 2021 are accounted for in Other accrued
liabilities and those that will be recognized longer than 12 months after June 30, 2021 are accounted for within Other liabilities.
Contract Assets
Contract assets primarily relate to the Company's conditional right to receive consideration for services that have been
performed for the customer as of June 30, 2021 relating to its development services but had not yet been invoiced as of June 30,
2021. Contract assets are transferred to trade receivables, net when the Company’s right to receive the consideration becomes
unconditional. Contract assets totaled $181 million and $61 million as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Contract assets
are accounted for within prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.
3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES
Anagni Acquisition
In January 2020, the Company acquired an oral solid, biologics, and sterile product manufacturing and packaging facility
in Anagni, Italy. The Company paid $55 million in cash as part of the purchase consideration and as consideration for the
provision of certain services to facilitate the transition to Company ownership. At the closing of this acquisition, the seller of
the facility also entered into a five-year agreement for continuing supply by the Company of certain products at the Anagni
facility. Due to the variety of activities performed at Anagni, the results of the Anagni facility are allocated between the Oral
and Specialty Delivery and Biologics segments.
The total cash consideration was allocated between the facility purchase and the transitional services arrangement, with
$52 million assigned to the purchase consideration and the balance to transitional services. The Company funded the entire
amount with cash on hand and allocated the purchase price among the acquired assets, recognizing property, plant, and
equipment of $34 million, inventory of $6 million, and prepaid expenses and other of $12 million. The purchase price was also
allocated to deferred tax assets and certain employee-related liabilities assumed in the acquisition.
MaSTherCell Acquisition
In February 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in Masthercell Global Inc. (“MaSTherCell”) for an
aggregate purchase price of $323 million, which was funded with the net proceeds of the Company’s February 2020 equity
offering (the “February 2020 Equity Offering”) of its Common Stock. See Note 13, Equity, Redeemable Preferred Stock and
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. MaSTherCell is a contract development and manufacturing organization focused on
the development and manufacture of autologous and allogeneic cell therapies for third parties, as well as a variety of related
analytical services.
The Company accounted for the MaSTherCell acquisition using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805,
Business Combinations. The operating results of MaSTherCell have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial
statements for the period following the acquisition date.
The Company estimated fair values at the date of acquisition for the allocation of consideration to the net tangible and
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the MaSTherCell acquisition.
84
The purchase price allocation to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction is (in millions):
Property, plant, and equipment
Identifiable intangible assets
Other net assets
Deferred income tax liabilities
Total identifiable net assets
Goodwill
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed
$
$
$
26
51
1
(8)
70
253
323
The carrying values of trade receivables, raw materials inventory, and trade payables, as well as certain other current and
non-current assets and liabilities generally represented their fair values at the date of acquisition.
Property, plant, and equipment was valued using the cost approach, which is based on the current replacement or
reproduction cost of the asset as new, less depreciation attributable to physical, functional, and economic factors. The Company
then determined the remaining useful life based on the anticipated life of the asset and Company policy for similar assets.
Customer-relationship intangible assets of $46 million were valued using the multi-period, excess-earnings method, a
method that values the intangible assets using the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the intangible assets
only. The assumptions used in developing the valuation included the estimated annual net cash flows (including application of
an appropriate margin to forecasted revenue, selling and marketing costs, return on working capital, contributory asset charges,
and other factors), the discount rate that appropriately reflects the risk inherent in each future cash flow stream, and an
assessment of the assets’ life cycles, as well as other factors. The assumptions used in the financial forecasts were based on
historical data, supplemented by current and anticipated growth rates, management plans, and market-comparable information.
The customer relationship intangible assets have a weighted average useful life of 13 years. Goodwill is mainly comprised of
the growth from an expected increase in capacity utilization, potential new customers, and advanced cell therapy development
and manufacturing capabilities. The goodwill arising from the MaSTherCell acquisition has been assigned to the Biologics
segment.
Skeletal Cell Therapy Support SA Acquisition
In November 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in Skeletal Cell Therapy Support SA (“Skeletal”)
for $15 million, subject to customary adjustments, as well as related supply agreements with the seller. Skeletal operates a cell
therapy manufacturing facility in Gosselies, Belgium. The operations were assigned to the Company’s Biologics segment,
expanding the Company’s cell therapy capacity for clinical and commercial supply. The acquisition, when combined with the
Company's other European-based facilities and capabilities in cell therapy, has created an integrated European center of
excellence in cell therapy.
The Company accounted for the Skeletal acquisition using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805. The
Company funded the entire purchase price with cash on hand and preliminarily allocated the purchase price to trade receivables,
property, plant, and equipment, deferred tax assets, and other current and non-current assets and liabilities assumed in the
acquisition, which resulted in a recognition of $9 million of goodwill. Results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 were not
material to the Company’s statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
The Company has not completed its analysis regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Therefore, the
allocation to goodwill and income taxes are preliminary and subject to finalization. The Company expects to finalize its
allocation over the next several months, but, in any event, within one year from the acquisition date.
Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. Acquisition
In February 2021, the Company acquired the manufacturing and packaging operations of Acorda Therapeutics, Inc.'s
(“Acorda”) dry powder inhaler and spray dry manufacturing business, including its manufacturing facility located near Boston,
Massachusetts, for $83 million, subject to customary adjustments. In connection with the purchase, Acorda and the Company
entered into a long-term supply agreement, under which the Company will continue the manufacture and packaging of an
Acorda product at the facility. The facility and operations became part of the Company’s Oral and Specialty Delivery segment.
Results of the business acquired were not material to the Company's statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
85
The Company accounted for the Acorda transaction using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805. The
Company funded the entire purchase price with cash on hand and preliminarily allocated the purchase price among the acquired
assets, recognizing property, plant, and equipment of $79 million, inventory of $2 million, and goodwill of $2 million. The
purchase price was also preliminarily allocated to other current and non-current assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.
The Company has not completed its analysis regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Therefore, the
allocation to goodwill and inventory are preliminary and subject to finalization. The Company expects to finalize its allocation
over the next several months, but, in any event, within one year from the acquisition date.
Delphi Genetics SA Acquisition
In February 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in Delphi for $50 million, subject to customary
adjustments. Delphi is a plasmid DNA (pDNA) cell and gene therapy contract development and manufacturing organization
based in Gosselies, Belgium. The facility and operations acquired became part of the Company’s Biologics segment. Results of
the business acquired were not material to the Company's statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2021.
The Company accounted for the Delphi transaction using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805. The
Company funded the entire purchase price with cash on hand and preliminarily allocated the purchase price recognizing
property, plant, and equipment of $6 million, intangible assets of $7 million, other current assets of $3 million, assumed debt of
$6 million, other current liabilities of $5 million and goodwill of $45 million.
The Company has not completed its analysis regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Therefore, the
allocation to intangible assets, inventory, goodwill, and income taxes is preliminary and subject to finalization. The Company
expects to finalize its allocation over the next several months, but, in any event, within one year from the acquisition date.
Hepatic Cell Therapy Support SA Asset Acquisition
In April 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in Hepatic Cell Therapy Support SA (“Hepatic”) for
approximately $15 million, net of cash acquired and debt assumed. Hepatic operates a manufacturing facility at the same
location where Skeletal operates a cell therapy manufacturing facility in Gosselies, Belgium. The facility acquired will expand
the Company’s cell therapy capacity for clinical and commercial supply in its Biologics segment.
RheinCell Therapeutics GmbH Acquisition
In June 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the equity interest in RheinCell for
approximately $30 million and completed the acquisition in August 2021. RheinCell is a developer and manufacturer of cGMP-
grade iPSCs.
The operations acquired became part of the Company’s Biologics segment and build upon Catalent’s existing custom cell
therapy process development and manufacturing capabilities with proprietary GMP cell lines for iPSC-based therapies. Due to
the date of the closing, a preliminary purchase price allocation has not yet been performed. However, a portion of the purchase
price is expected to be allocated to intangible assets and goodwill.
Blow-Fill-Seal Divestiture
In March 2021, the Company sold 100% of the shares of Catalent USA Woodstock, Inc. and certain related assets
(collectively, the “Blow-Fill-Seal Business”) for $300 million cash, a $50 million note receivable (estimated fair value of $47
million) as well as potential additional contingent consideration (up to $50 million) dependent upon the performance of aspects
of the Blow-Fill-Seal Business. The Blow-Fill-Seal Business was part of the Oral and Specialty Delivery segment. The carrying
value of the net assets sold was $149 million, which included goodwill of $54 million. As a result of the sale, the Company
realized a gain from divestiture of $182 million, net of transaction costs, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
As of December 31, 2020, the Blow-Fill-Seal Business was classified as held-for-sale. The Company determined that the
sale of the business did not meet the criteria to be considered a discontinued operation as the disposal of the Blow-Fill-Seal
Business did not represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the Company's financial results upon
disposal.
86
All consideration received was measured at its divestiture date fair value. The Company valued the total consideration
received from divestiture of the Blow-Fill-Seal Business as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Cash, gross
Note receivable (1)
Contingent consideration (2)
Other (3)
Total
Fair value of
consideration
received
$
$
300
47
—
(16)
331
(1) The note receivable, which provides for interest at a rate of 5.0% paid in kind, had an estimated fair value of $47 million
at June 30, 2021, which is the $50 million aggregate principal amount less a $3 million discount determined using a
discounted cash flow model with the market interest rate as a significant input.
(2) The Company determined that the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration from the sale of the Blow-Fill-Seal
Business at June 30, 2021 was zero, and therefore no contingent consideration was recorded at divestiture. If any
contingent consideration is subsequently received, it will be recorded in the period in which it is received. The Company
has elected an accounting policy to recognize increases in the carrying amount of the contingent consideration asset using
the gain contingency guidance in ASC 450, Contingencies.
(3) Other includes $8 million of transaction expenses, a working capital adjustment of $6 million, and $2 million assumption
of liabilities resulting in net cash proceed of $287 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, with an additional
$3 million accrued at June 30, 2021 as a post-closing purchase price adjustment. The final post-closing purchase price
adjustment was paid by the Company in August 2021.
4. GOODWILL
The following table summarizes the changes from June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020 and then to June 30, 2021 in the
carrying amount of goodwill in total and by reporting segment:
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2019
Additions (1)
Reallocation (2)
Other
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance at June 30, 2020
Additions (3)
Divestitures (4)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance at June 30, 2021
Biologics
Softgel and
Oral
Technologies
Oral and
Specialty
Delivery
Clinical
Supply
Services
Total
$
$
$
1,320
264
(124)
3
—
1,463
54
—
14
1,531
$
409
—
108
(2)
(10)
505
—
—
11
516
$
$
340
—
16
2
(3)
355
2
(54)
13
316
$
$
152
—
—
—
(4)
148
—
—
8
156
$
$
2,221
264
—
3
(17)
2,471
56
(54)
46
2,519
(1) The increase in fiscal 2020 primarily relates to the MaSTherCell acquisition. See Note 3, Business Combinations and
Divestitures.
(2) The reallocation in fiscal 2020 relates to adjustments to the Company’s reporting segments, as a result of which certain
assets moved from the Biologics segment to the Oral and Specialty Delivery segment, and other assets moved from the
Oral and Specialty Delivery segment to the Softgel and Oral Technologies segment.
(3) The addition in the Biologics segment relates to the Skeletal and Delphi acquisitions. The addition in the Oral and
Specialty Delivery segment relates to the Acorda transaction. For further details, see Note 3, Business Combinations and
Divestitures.
87
(4) Represents goodwill associated with the divestiture of the Blow-Fill-Seal Business.
The Company recorded no impairment charge to goodwill in fiscal 2021, 2020, or 2019.
5. OTHER INTANGIBLES, NET
The details of other intangible assets subject to amortization as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 are as follows (in
millions):
June 30, 2021
Amortized intangibles:
Core technology
Customer relationships
Product relationships
Other
Total other intangibles
June 30, 2020
Amortized intangibles:
Core technology
Customer relationships
Product relationships
Other
Total other intangibles
Weighted
Average Life
Gross
Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Value
19 years $
140
$
(94) $
14 years
11 years
5 years
1,024
281
17
(306)
(237)
(8)
$
1,462
$
(645) $
46
718
44
9
817
Weighted
Average Life
Gross
Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Value
19 years $
135
$
(83) $
14 years
11 years
5 years
1,021
270
16
(248)
(217)
(5)
$
1,442
$
(553) $
52
773
53
11
889
Amortization expense was $93 million, $89 million, and $88 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and
2019, respectively. Future amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is estimated to be:
(Dollars in millions)
Amortization expense
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
$
93
$
92
$
91
$
90
$
83
6. RESTRUCTURING COSTS
From time to time, the Company has implemented plans to restructure certain operations, both domestically and
internationally. The restructuring plans focused on various aspects of operations, including closing and consolidating certain
manufacturing operations, rationalizing headcount and aligning operations in a strategic and more cost-efficient structure. In
addition, the Company may incur restructuring charges in the future in cases where a material change in the scope of operation
with its business occurs. Employee-related costs consist primarily of severance costs and also include outplacement services
provided to employees who have been involuntarily terminated and duplicate payroll costs during transition periods. Facility
exit and other costs consist of accelerated depreciation, equipment relocation costs, and costs associated with planned facility
closures to streamline Company operations.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Company adopted a plan to reduce costs and optimize its infrastructure in
Europe by closing its Clinical Supply Services facility in Bolton, U.K. In connection with this restructuring plan, the Company
expects to reduce its headcount between 150 and 180 employees through December 31, 2021 and estimates that it will incur
charges between $7 million and $8 million, primarily associated with employee severance benefits. For the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2021, restructuring charges associated with the Bolton facility closure were $7 million.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, no significant restructuring plan was adopted.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Company adopted a plan to restructure its workforce following a
temporary suspension of operations at a Softgel and Oral Technology facility.
88
The following table summarizes the costs recorded within restructuring costs:
(Dollars in millions)
Restructuring costs:
Employee-related reorganization
Facility exit and other costs
Total restructuring costs
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
$
8
2
10
$
$
6
—
6
$
$
14
—
14
7. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Long-term obligations and short-term borrowings consist of the following at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:
(Dollars in millions)
Senior secured credit facilities
Term loan facility B-2
Term loan facility B-3
Revolving credit facility
4.875% senior notes due 2026
5.000% senior notes due 2027
2.375% Euro-denominated senior notes due 2028(1)
3.125% senior notes due 2029
Deferred purchase consideration
Financing lease obligations
Other obligations
Debt issuance costs
Total debt
Less: current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term
borrowings
Maturity as of
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
May 2026 $
— $
February 2028
May 2024
January 2026
July 2027
March 2028
February 2029
October 2021
2021 to 2038
2021 to 2028
997
—
—
500
984
550
50
193
3
(36)
3,241
75
938
—
—
450
500
926
—
98
142
1
(37)
3,018
73
2,945
Long-term obligations, less current portion
$
3,166
$
(1) The increase in euro-denominated debt at June 30, 2021 compared to the prior year is primarily due to fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement
In February 2021, Operating Company completed Amendment No. 5 (the "Fifth Amendment") to its Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as subsequently amended, the "Credit Agreement"). Pursuant to the Fifth
Amendment, Operating Company refinanced the existing $933 million aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated
term loans (the "Term B-2 Loans") with the proceeds of an equivalent amount of new U.S. dollar-denominated term loans (the
"Term B-3 Loans"), incurred an additional $67 million aggregate principal amount of Term B-3 Loans, and obtained an
additional $175 million of revolving credit commitments (the "Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments") under the Credit
Agreement's revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility").
The Term B-3 Loans constitute a new class of term loans under the Credit Agreement, with an interest rate of one-month
LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.50%) plus 2.00% per annum, a maturity date of February 2028 and quarterly amortization of
principal equal to 0.25% with payments on the last business day of March, June, September, and December. The proceeds of
the Term B-3 Loans, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the existing Term B-2 Loans
under the Credit Agreement, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate
purposes.
89
The Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments constitute revolving credit commitments under the Revolving Credit
Facility. The applicable rate for all revolving credit facility commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility is initially
LIBOR plus 2.25% and such rate can additionally be reduced to LIBOR plus 2.00% in future periods based on a measure of
Operating Company's total leverage ratio. The maturity date for the Revolving Credit Facility is the earlier of (i) May 17, 2024
and (ii) the 91st day prior to the maturity of the Term B-3 Loans. In addition, pursuant to the Fifth Amendment, certain
modifications were made to the Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, provide for determination of a benchmark
replacement interest rate when LIBOR is no longer available.
The availability of capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility is reduced by the aggregate value of all outstanding
letters of credit under the Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2021, Operating Company had $719 million of unutilized capacity
under the Revolving Credit Facility due to $6 million of outstanding letters of credit.
5.000% Senior Notes due 2027
In June 2019, Operating Company completed a private offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.000%
Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”). The 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by
all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2027
Notes were offered in the U.S to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the
U.S only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2027 Notes will mature on July 15, 2027
and bear interest at the rate of 5.000% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each
year, beginning on January 15, 2020. The proceeds of the 2027 Notes after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used
to repay in full the borrowings under Operating Company’s then-outstanding term loans under its senior secured credit facilities
that would otherwise have matured in May 2024.
2.375% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2028
In March 2020, Operating Company completed a private offering of €825 million aggregate principal amount of 2.375%
Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 Notes"). The 2028 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by
all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The Euro
2028 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and
outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2028 Notes will mature on
March 1, 2028 and bear interest at the rate of 2.375% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and
September 1 of each year. The proceeds of the 2028 Notes after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used to repay
in full the borrowings then outstanding under Operating Company's euro-denominated term loans under its senior secured credit
facilities, which would have matured in May 2024, and repay in full Operating Company's euro-denominated 4.75% Senior
Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”), which would have matured in December 2024, plus any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate purposes.
3.125% Senior Notes due 2029
In February 2021, Operating Company completed a private offering of $550 million aggregate principal amount of
3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the "2029 Notes" and, together with the 2027 Notes and the 2028 Notes, the "Senior Notes").
The 2029 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of
Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2029 Notes will mature on February 15, 2029 and
bear interest at the rate of 3.125% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year,
beginning on August 15, 2021. The proceeds of the 2029 Notes after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used to
repay in full the outstanding borrowings under Operating Company's 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026. which would have
matured in January 2026 (the "2026 Notes") plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for
general corporate purposes.
Deferred Purchase Consideration
In connection with the acquisition of Cook Pharmica LLC (now Catalent Indiana, LLC) in October 2017, $200 million of
the $950 million aggregate nominal purchase price is payable in $50 million installments, on each of the first four anniversaries
of the closing date. The Company made installment payments in October 2018, 2019, and 2020. The balance of the deferred
purchase consideration was recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date, with the difference between the remaining nominal
amount and the fair value as of any relevant period end treated as imputed interest.
90
Long-Term and Other Obligations
Other obligations consist primarily of finance leases for buildings and other loans for business and working capital needs.
Maturities of long-term obligations, including finance leases of $193 million, and other short-term borrowings for future fiscal
years are:
(Dollars in millions)
Maturities of long-term and other
obligations
Debt Issuance Costs
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total
$
75 $
23 $
24 $
22 $
20 $ 3,113 $ 3,277
Debt issuance costs associated with the Credit Agreement (other than its Revolving Credit Facility component) and the
Senior Notes are presented as a reduction to the carrying value of the related debt, while debt issuance costs associated with the
Revolving Credit Facility are capitalized within other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet. All debt issuance
costs are amortized over the life of the related obligation through charges to interest expense in the consolidated statements of
operations. The unamortized total debt issuance costs, including the costs associated with the Revolving Credit Facility
capitalized within other long-term assets, were $38 million and $39 million as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $6 million and $6 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020,
respectively.
Guarantees and Security
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
All obligations under the Credit Agreement, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the
following assets of Operating Company and each guarantor (Operating Company's parent entity, PTS Intermediate, and each of
Operating Company's material domestic subsidiaries), subject to certain exceptions:
•
•
a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of Operating Company and 100% of the equity interests directly held by
Operating Company and each guarantor in any wholly owned material subsidiary of Operating Company or any
guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any non-U.S. subsidiary of a U.S. subsidiary, will not include more than
65% of the voting stock of such non-U.S. subsidiary); and
a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Operating Company and
of each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.
The Senior Notes
All obligations under the Senior Notes are general, unsecured, and subordinated to all existing and future secured
indebtedness of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. Each of the Senior Notes is
separately guaranteed by all of Operating Company's wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries that guarantee the senior secured credit
facilities. None of the Senior Notes is guaranteed by either PTS Intermediate or the Company.
Debt Covenants
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions,
Operating Company’s (and Operating Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue
certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and
distributions or repurchase capital stock; repay subordinated indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make
investments,
loans or advances; make certain acquisitions; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; amend material
agreements governing Operating Company's subordinated indebtedness and change Operating Company's lines of business.
The Credit Agreement also contains change of control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events
of default. The Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with a net leverage covenant when there is a 30% or more draw
outstanding at a period end. As of June 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the Credit
Agreement.
91
Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement permits Operating Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur
certain additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of Operating Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries nor its
dormant Puerto Rico subsidiary is a guarantor of the loans.
Under the Credit Agreement, Operating Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain
additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA
(which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Credit Agreement). Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the
Credit Agreement, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations.
The Senior Notes
The various indentures governing the Senior Notes (collectively, the “Indentures”) contain covenants that, among other
things, limit the ability of Operating Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur or guarantee more debt or issue certain
preferred shares; pay dividends on, repurchase, or make distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted
payments; make certain investments; sell certain assets; create liens; consolidate, merge, sell; or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of their assets; enter into certain transactions with their affiliates, and designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted
subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions, limitations, and qualifications as set forth in the Indentures.
The Indentures also contain customary events of default, including, but not limited to, nonpayment, breach of covenants, and
payment or acceleration defaults in certain other indebtedness of Operating Company or certain of its subsidiaries. Upon an
event of default, either the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of each of the then-outstanding Senior Notes or the
applicable Trustee under the Indentures may declare the applicable notes immediately due and payable; or in certain
circumstances, the applicable notes will automatically become immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2021, Operating
Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the Indentures.
Estimated Fair Value of Debt Measurements
The estimated fair values of the senior secured credit facilities and Senior Notes are classified as Level 2 (see Note 10,
Fair Value Measurements for a description of the method by which fair value classifications are determined) in the fair value
hierarchy and are calculated by using a discounted cash flow model with market interest rate as a significant input. The carrying
amounts and the estimated fair values of financial instruments as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 are as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
4.875% Senior Notes due 2026
5.000% Senior Notes due 2027
2.375% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2028
3.125% Senior Notes due 2029
Senior secured credit facilities & other
Subtotal
Debt issuance costs
Total debt
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
Fair Value
Measurement
Carrying
Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
$
$
$
— $
— $
500
984
550
1,243
3,277
(36)
3,241
$
$
539
993
524
1,209
3,265
—
3,265
$
$
450
500
926
—
1,179
3,055
(37)
3,018
$
$
$
464
538
844
—
1,160
3,006
—
3,006
8. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) of the Common Stock using the two-class method required due to the
participating nature of the Series A Preferred Stock (as noted in Note 13, Equity, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss). The weighted-average number of shares outstanding utilized in diluted earnings per share is
computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the number of common shares that would be
issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive instruments. Dilutive securities having an anti-dilutive effect
on diluted net income per share are excluded from the calculation. The dilutive effect of the securities that are issuable under
the Company’s equity incentive plans (see Note 14, Stock-Based Compensation) are reflected in diluted earnings per share by
application of the treasury stock method. The Company applies the if-converted method to compute the potentially dilutive
92
effect of the Series A Preferred Stock. The reconciliations between basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to Catalent
common shareholders for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are as follows:
(In millions, except per share data)
Net earnings
Less: Net earnings attributable to preferred shareholders
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
Weighted average dilutive securities issuable - stock plans
Total weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
585
(56)
529
$
$
168
2
170
221
(48)
173
$
$
150
2
152
3.15
3.11
$
$
1.16
1.14
$
$
137
(5)
132
144
2
146
0.92
0.90
The Company's Series A Preferred Stock is deemed a participating security, meaning that it has the right to participate in
undistributed earnings with the Company's Common Stock. On November 23, 2020 (the “Partial Conversion Date”), holders of
Series A Preferred Stock converted 265,223 shares and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of Common Stock
(the “Partial Conversion”). The holders received 20.33 shares of Common Stock for each converted preferred share, resulting in
the issuance of 5,392,280 shares of Common Stock. See Note 13, Equity, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss for further details.
The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 did
not include the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock associated with the Series A Preferred Stock reported
below or the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock associated with the following types of outstanding equity
grants due to their antidilutive effect:
(share counts in millions)
Stock options
Time-based restricted stock units
Performance-based restricted stock units
Series A Preferred Stock
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
13
2
1
1
2
93
9. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the currency exchange rates applicable to its investments in foreign
operations. While the Company does not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, the Company has mitigated the
exposure arising from its investments in its European operations by denominating a portion of its Senior Notes in euros. At
June 30, 2021, the Company had euro-denominated debt outstanding of $984 million (U.S. dollar equivalent), which qualifies
as a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. For non-derivatives designated and qualifying as net investment hedges,
the effective portion of the translation gains or losses are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as part of
the cumulative translation adjustment. The unhedged portions of the translation gains or losses are reported in the consolidated
statements of operations. The following table includes net investment hedge activity during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021
and 2020, respectively:
(Dollars in millions)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss) within Other Comprehensive Income
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss) within the Consolidated Statements of Operations
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
$
$
(56) $
(3) $
3
6
The net accumulated gain of this net investment within accumulated other comprehensive loss was $6 million as of
June 30, 2021. Amounts are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings when the entity in which
the gains and losses reside is either sold or substantially liquidated.
Preferred Stock Derivative Liability
As discussed in Note 13, Equity, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, in May
2019, the Company issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock in exchange for net proceeds of $646 million after taking into
account the $4 million issuance cost.
The dividend rate used to determine the amount of the quarterly dividend payable on shares of the Series A Preferred
Stock is subject to adjustment so as to provide holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock with certain protections against a
decline in the trading price of shares of Common Stock. The Company determined that this feature should be accounted for as a
derivative liability, since the feature fluctuates inversely to changes in the trading price and is also linked to the performance of
the S&P 500 stock index. Accordingly, the Company bifurcated the adjustable dividend feature from the remainder of the
Series A Preferred Stock and accounted for this feature as a derivative liability at fair value.
The Company recorded a gain of $17 million on the change in the estimated fair value of the derivative liability for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, which is reflected as other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
A portion of the derivative liability was settled on the Partial Conversion Date due to the Partial Conversion. The fair
value of the derivative liability as of the Partial Conversion Date was $9 million, of which $4 million was related to the
converted portion of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 13, Equity, Redeemable Preferred Stock, and
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss for details of the Partial Conversion.
Interest-Rate Swap
Pursuant to its interest rate and risk management strategy, in April 2020, the Company entered into an interest-rate swap
agreement with Bank of America N.A. as a hedge against the economic effect of a portion of the variable interest obligation
associated with its U.S dollar-denominated term loans under its senior secured credit facilities, so that the interest payable on
that portion of the debt becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest rate changes on future
interest expense.
In February 2021, in connection with the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, the Company settled the interest-rate
swap agreement with Bank of America N.A. The Company paid $2 million in cash to Bank of America N.A to settle the
interest-rate swap agreement. This loss is deferred in stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes, as a component of accumulated
other comprehensive loss, and amortized as an adjustment to interest expense, net over the original term of the Term B-2 Loans.
The net amount of deferred losses on cash flow hedges that
is expected to be reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive loss into interest expense, net within the next twelve months is not material.
In February 2021, the Company entered into a new interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A. as a hedge
against the economic effect of a portion of the variable interest obligation associated with its Term B-3 Loans, so that the
94
interest payable on that portion of the Term B-3 Loans becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future
interest rate changes on future interest expense. As a result of entering into the interest-rate swap agreement, the floating portion
of the applicable rate on $500 million of the Term B-3 Loans is now effectively fixed at 0.9985%.
The new interest-rate swap agreement qualifies for and is designated as a cash-flow hedge. The Company evaluates hedge
effectiveness at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. The cash flows associated with the interest-rate swap are
reported in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
A summary of the estimated fair value of the interest-rate swap reported in the consolidated balance sheets is stated in the
table below:
(in millions)
Interest-rate swap
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
Balance Sheet
Classification
Other long-term
assets
Estimated Fair Value
Balance Sheet
Classification
Estimated Fair Value
$
2
Other liabilities
$
4
10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, defines fair value as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability. Fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined using assumptions that market
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use
of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. To measure fair value, the Company uses the following fair
value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which Level 1 and Level 2 are considered observable and Level 3 is
considered unobservable:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted
prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that
are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other
means.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the
assets or liabilities. Value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques and
also includes instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses of the
Company approximate fair value based on the short maturities of these instruments.
The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to
determine the appropriate level of classification as of the end of each reporting period. The following table sets forth the
Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the fair value measurement
for such assets and liabilities at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively:
95
(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Assets:
Marketable securities
Interest-rate swap
Trading securities
Liabilities:
Series A Preferred Stock derivative liability
June 30, 2020
Assets:
Trading securities
Liabilities:
Series A Preferred Stock derivative liability
Interest-rate swap
$
$
$
$
$
$
Basis of Fair Value Measurement
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
71
$
2
1
71
—
$ — $ —
2
—
$
1
$ — $ —
3
$ — $ — $
3
1
$
1
$ — $ —
24
$ — $ — $
24
4
$ — $
4
$ —
The fair value of the interest-rate swap agreement is determined at the end of each reporting period based on valuation
models that use interest-rate yield curves and discount rates as inputs. The discount rates are based on U.S. deposit or U.S.
Treasury rates. The significant inputs used in the valuation models are readily available in public markets or can be derived
from observable market transactions, and the valuation is therefore classified as Level 2 in the fair-value hierarchy.
The estimated fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock derivative is determined using an option pricing methodology,
specifically both a Monte Carlo simulation and a binomial lattice model. The methodology incorporates the terms and
conditions of the preferred stock arrangement, historical stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rate, a credit spread based on
the yield indexes of high-yield bonds, and the trading price of shares of the Common Stock. The calculation of the estimated
fair value of the derivative liability is highly sensitive to changes in unobservable inputs, such as the expected volatility and the
Company’s credit spread. The estimated fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock derivative liability is classified as Level 3 in
the fair-value hierarchy due to the significant management judgment required to make the assumptions underlying the
calculation of value.
The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the estimated fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock derivative
liability from June 30, 2020 to June 30, 2021:
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2020
Change in estimated fair value of Series A Preferred Stock derivative liability
Settlement of derivative liability upon Partial Conversion
Balance at June 30, 2021
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Fair Value Measurement of
Series A Preferred Stock
Derivative Liability
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
$
$
24
(17)
(4)
3
Long-lived assets, goodwill, and other intangible assets are subject to non-recurring fair value measurement for the
evaluation of potential impairment. Other than the fair value estimates disclosed in Note 3, Business Combinations and
Divestitures, there was no non-recurring fair value measurement during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
96
11. INCOME TAXES
Earnings before income taxes are as follows for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019:
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. operations
Non-U.S. operations
Total
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
$
457
258
715
$
$
121
139
260
$
$
36
124
160
The provision for income taxes consists of the following for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019:
(Dollars in millions)
Current:
Federal
State and local
Non-U.S.
Total current expense
Deferred:
Federal
State and local
Non-U.S.
Total deferred expense (benefit)
Total provision
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
$
8
20
38
66
62
7
(5)
64
130
$
$
$
$
$
1
1
33
35
11
6
(13)
4
39
$
$
$
$
$
2
1
26
29
4
(12)
2
(6)
23
A reconciliation of the provision starting from the tax computed at the federal statutory income tax rate to the tax
computed at the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows for the fiscal years ended 2021, 2020, and 2019:
(Dollars in millions)
Provision at U.S. federal statutory tax rate
State and local income taxes
Foreign tax rate differential
Global intangible low tax income
Other permanent items
Unrecognized tax positions
Tax valuation allowance
Foreign tax credit
Withholding tax and other foreign taxes
Change in tax rate
R&D tax credit
Other
Total provision
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
150
$
55
$
26
(14)
3
(5)
3
(7)
(24)
1
2
(5)
—
6
(6)
3
2
(1)
(21)
(3)
1
4
(2)
1
$
130
$
39
$
34
(1)
(3)
3
5
1
(11)
(4)
1
1
(2)
(1)
23
The income tax provision for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 is not comparable to the provision in the prior year due
to changes in the geographic mix of pretax income, changes in the tax impact of permanent differences and credits, and the tax
impact of discrete items. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 reflects a tax expense for the sale of the
97
Blow-Fill-Seal Business and an increase to state taxes, offset by an increase to the U.S. foreign tax credits as a result of
amended prior year returns, as well as a reduction to the foreign valuation allowance. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2020 reflects a reduction to the federal and foreign valuation allowance partially offset by permanent items, and
an increase in state tax.
The Company intends to repatriate foreign earnings taxed in prior fiscal years as a result of the changes imposed by the
2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. In addition to these foreign earnings previously taxed, as of June 30, 2021, for purposes of
ASC 740-10-25-3, the Company had $142 million of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries that it intends to
reinvest permanently in its non-U.S. operations. As these ASC 740-10-25-3 earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no
tax provision has been accrued. It is not feasible to estimate the amount of tax that might be payable on the eventual remittance
of such earnings.
Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets
and liabilities, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes. The components of the Company's deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are as follows at June 30, 2021 and 2020:
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
$
43
15
187
12
24
14
3
35
23
356
(65)
291
$
$
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
— $
(171)
(194)
(18)
(6)
(389) $
30
16
194
15
28
9
—
34
7
333
(53)
280
(8)
(100)
(192)
(22)
(3)
(325)
(98) $
(45)
$
$
$
$
$
$
(Dollars in millions)
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued liabilities
Equity compensation
Loss and tax credit carryforwards
Foreign currency
Pension
Interest-related
Deferred revenue
Lease liabilities
Euro-denominated debt
Total deferred income tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred income tax assets
(Dollars in millions)
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Deferred revenue
Property-related
Goodwill and other intangibles
Right-of-use assets
Other
Total deferred income tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liability
98
Deferred tax assets and liabilities in the preceding table are in the following captions in the consolidated balance sheets at
June 30, 2021 and 2020:
(Dollars in millions)
Non-current deferred tax asset
Non-current deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax liability
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
$
$
66
$
164
(98) $
49
94
(45)
At June 30, 2021, the Company had federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $512 million, $229 million of
which are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue
Code”). The majority of the $229 million federal NOL carryforwards subject to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code are
attributed to the Company's acquisitions of Pharmatek Laboratories, Inc., Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Paragon Bioservices,
Inc., and MaSTherCell. As of June 30, 2021, $432 million of the Company's federal NOL carryforwards have an indefinite life
and the remaining NOL carryforwards will expire in fiscal years 2023 through 2037.
At June 30, 2021, the Company had state tax NOL carryforwards of $441 million. Substantially all state NOL
carryforwards have a twenty-year carryforward period. At June 30, 2021, the Company had non-U.S. tax NOL carryforwards of
$161 million, a majority of which, are available for at least three years or have an indefinite carryforward period.
The Company had valuation allowances of $65 million and $53 million as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively,
against its deferred tax assets. The Company considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need
for a valuation allowance against tax assets. Four possible sources of taxable income were evaluated when assessing the
realization of deferred tax assets:
•
•
•
•
carrybacks of existing NOLs (if and to the extent permitted under the tax law);
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
tax planning strategies; and
future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.
While the valuation allowance related to certain U.S. combined states was released during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2019, there remained as of June 30, 2021 a valuation allowance for the NOLs and deductible temporary differences in the
remaining combined and separate states of $39 million. The state valuation allowance as of June 30, 2021 is due to the
Company’s history of tax losses and anticipated loss utilization rates in separate filing status states as well as the difference in
the rules related to allocated and apportioned income for separate filing status states versus combined filing status states.
The Company considered the need to maintain a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets based on management’s
assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the Company would realize the value of its deferred tax assets based on
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and the ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the
carryforward period available under the applicable tax laws. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Company released
$17 million of its valuation allowances. The amount released is related to $17 million of NOLs and temporary differences for
certain Italian operations. The $17 million release of the Company’s valuation allowance was partially offset by establishing a
$2 million valuation allowance on NOLs and temporary differences related to certain Canadian operations.
In the normal course of business, the Company's income taxes are subject to audits by federal, state, and foreign tax
authorities, some of which are ongoing and may result in proposed assessments. Germany and the U.K. are among the
jurisdictions where the Company has substantial tax positions. The Company is no longer subject to examinations by the
relevant tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2009. The Company’s estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax
issue is highly judgmental. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records benefits for all years subject to
examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.
For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the amount
that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon resolution with the taxing authority that has full knowledge of all
relevant information based on the technical merit. Interest and penalties are accrued, where applicable.
99
As of June 30, 2021, the Company had a total of $5 million of unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of
unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, as of June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2018
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations
Balance at June 30, 2019
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations
Balance at June 30, 2020
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Settlements
Balance at June 30, 2021
$
$
$
$
2
3
(1)
4
1
(1)
4
2
1
(2)
5
All of the unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 would, if subsequently recognized, favorably affect the
effective income tax rate.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30,
2021, the Company has $1 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, consistent with the prior year, as a
result of an increase to certain tax positions taken in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, offset by a reduction to prior-year
positions due to lapses in the statute of limitations. The Company had $1 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax
positions as of both June 30, 2020 and 2019.
12. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
The Company sponsors various retirement plans, including defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans.
Substantially all of the Company’s domestic non-union employees are eligible to participate in employer-sponsored retirement
savings plans, which include plans created under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that provide for the Company to
match a portion of contributions by participating U.S. employees. The Company’s contributions to the plans are discretionary
but are subject to certain minimum requirements as specified in the plans. The Company uses a measurement date of June 30
for all of its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.
The Company records obligations related to its withdrawal from one multi-employer pension plan that covered former
employees at three former sites. This withdrawal was classified as a mass withdrawal under the Multiemployer Pension Plan
Amendments Act of 1980, as amended, and the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and resulted in the recognition of liabilities
associated with the Company’s long-term obligations in prior years not presented, which were primarily recorded as an expense
within discontinued operations. The estimated discounted value of the projected contributions related to these plans is $38
million and $39 million as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The annual cash impact associated with the Company’s
long-term obligation arising from this plan is $2 million per year.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for
the defined benefit retirement and other retirement plans, excluding the multi-employer pension plan liability:
100
(Dollars in millions)
Retirement Benefits
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
June 30,
June 30,
2021
2020
2021
2020
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
$
364
$
351
$
2
$
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Company service cost
Interest cost
Curtailments
Settlements
Benefits paid
Actuarial (gain) loss
Exchange rate gain (loss)
358
4
4
—
—
(13)
(9)
28
350
4
5
(1)
(4)
(11)
21
(6)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
372
$
358
$
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Company contributions
Settlements
Benefits paid
Exchange rate gain (loss)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded Status
Funded status at end of year
Net pension liability
$
$
295
(1)
11
—
(13)
26
272
31
12
(4)
(11)
(5)
318
$
295
$
— $
(54)
(54) $
(63)
(63) $
(2)
(2) $
(3)
(3)
3
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
3
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
The following table provides a reconciliation of the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
101
(Dollars in millions)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial
Position
Noncurrent assets
Current liabilities
Noncurrent liabilities
Total liability
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
Prior service cost
Net loss (gain)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) at
the end of the fiscal year
Additional Information for Plan with ABO or PBO in
Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of unrecognized:
Net loss
Net periodic benefit cost
Retirement Benefits
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
June 30,
June 30,
2021
2020
2021
2020
$
43
$
32
$
— $
(1)
(96)
(54)
(1)
62
61
130
124
32
4
4
(11)
(1)
(94)
(63)
(1)
62
61
165
159
70
4
5
(11)
$
3
— $
5
3
$
—
(2)
(2)
—
(1)
(1)
2
2
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
(3)
(3)
—
(1)
(1)
3
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
102
(Dollars in millions)
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations
Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net (gain) loss arising during the year
Net gain (loss) recognized during the year
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and
Other Comprehensive Income
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other
comprehensive income
Estimated Amounts to be Amortized from
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Net
Periodic Benefit Cost
Amortization of:
Net loss
Financial Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit
Obligations at the Balance Sheet Date
Discount rate (%)
Rate of compensation increases (%)
Financial Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic
Benefit Cost for Financial Year
$
$
$
$
Discount rate (%)
Rate of compensation increases (%)
Expected long-term rate of return (%)
Expected Future Contributions
Fiscal year 2022
Retirement Benefits
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
June 30,
June 30,
2021
2020
2021
2020
$
3
(3)
— $
1
(5)
(4)
$
$
— $
—
— $
—
—
—
— $
(1)
$
— $
—
3
$
3
$
— $
—
1.6 %
2.0 %
1.4 %
2.0 %
3.6 %
1.4 %
1.6 %
1.9 %
2.0 %
4.3 %
2.0 %
n/a
1.8 %
n/a
n/a
1.8 %
n/a
3.0 %
n/a
n/a
$
8
$
10
$
— $
—
103
(Dollars in millions)
Expected Future Benefit Payments
Financial year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031
Actual Asset Allocation (%)
Equities
Government bonds
Corporate bonds
Property
Insurance contracts
Other
Total
Actual Asset Allocation (Amount)
Equities
Government bonds
Corporate bonds
Property
Insurance contracts
Other
Total
Target Asset Allocation (%)
Equities
Government bonds
Corporate bonds
Property
Insurance contracts
Other
Total
Retirement Benefits
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
June 30,
June 30,
2021
2020
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
$
$
13
14
15
15
15
84
4.4 %
30.6 %
21.0 %
3.5 %
9.6 %
30.9 %
100.0 %
14
97
67
11
31
98
12
12
13
14
14
75
$
$
9.7 %
26.8 %
24.8 %
3.1 %
9.5 %
26.1 %
100.0 %
29
79
73
9
28
77
— $
$
—
—
—
—
1
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
$
318
$
295
$
— $
4.5 %
30.5 %
21.1 %
3.5 %
9.6 %
30.8 %
100.0 %
10.1 %
27.1 %
24.5 %
3.1 %
9.5 %
25.7 %
100.0 %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
—
—
—
—
—
1
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
— %
The Company's Investment Committee employs a building-block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for
plan assets, with proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical
relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that
assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest
rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Peer data are reviewed to check for
reasonability and appropriateness.
Plan assets are recognized and measured at fair value in accordance with the accounting standards regarding fair value
measurements. The following are valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of each major category of assets:
•
Short-term investments, equity securities, fixed-income securities, and real estate are valued using quoted market
prices or other valuation methods, and thus are classified within Level 1 or Level 2.
104
•
Insurance contracts and other types of investments include investments with some observable and unobservable
prices that are adjusted by cash contributions and distributions, and thus are classified within Level 2 or Level 3.
The following tables provide a summary of plan assets that are measured at fair value as of June 30, 2021 and 2020,
aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:
As of June 30, 2021 (dollars in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Investments
Measured at Net
Asset Value
Total Assets
Equity securities
Debt securities
Real estate
Other (1)
Total
$
$
— $
14
$
— $
— $
—
—
—
— $
164
11
106
295
$
—
—
23
23
—
—
—
$
— $
14
164
11
129
318
(1) Other as of June 30, 2021, included $62 million of investments in hedge funds related to the Company's U.K. pension
plan, which were classified as Level 2.
As of June 30, 2020 (dollars in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Investments
Measured at Net
Asset Value
Total Assets
Equity securities
Debt securities
Real estate
Other (1)
Total
$
$
— $
29
$
— $
— $
—
—
—
152
7
84
— $
272
$
—
—
21
21
$
—
2
—
2
$
29
152
9
105
295
(1) Other as of June 30, 2020, included $31 million of investments in hedge funds related to the Company's U.K. pension
plan, which were classified as Level 2.
Level 3 other assets as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 consist of an insurance contract in the U.K. to fulfill the benefit
obligations for a portion of the participant benefits. The value of this commitment is determined using the same assumptions
and methods used to value the pension liability of the associated plan. Level 3 other assets for the same periods also include the
partial funding of a pension liability relating to current and former employees of the Company’s Eberbach, Germany facility
through a Company promissory note with an annual rate of interest of 5%. The value of this commitment fluctuates due to
contributions and benefit payments in addition to loan interest.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets as well as the
changes during the period attributable to assets held and those purchases, sales, settlements, contributions, and benefits that
were paid:
Total (Level 3)
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value Measurement
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Total (Level 3)
Fair Value Measurement
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Insurance Contracts
Fair Value Measurement
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Other
Beginning Balance at June 30, 2020
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date
Purchases, sales, settlements, contributions and
benefits paid
Transfers in or out of Level 3, net
Ending Balance at June 30, 2021
$
$
21
$
3
(2)
1
23
$
3
$
—
—
—
3
$
18
3
(2)
1
20
The Company's investment policy reflects the long-term nature of the plans’ funding obligations. The assets are invested
to provide the opportunity for both income and growth of principal. This objective is pursued as a long-term goal designed to
provide required benefits for participants without undue risk. It is expected that this objective can be achieved through a well-
diversified asset portfolio. All equity investments are made within the guidelines of quality, marketability, and diversification
mandated by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (for plans subject to the act) and other
105
relevant legal requirements. Investment managers are directed to maintain equity portfolios at a risk level approximately
equivalent to that of the specific benchmark established for that portfolio. Assets invested in fixed income securities and pooled
fixed-income portfolios are managed actively to pursue opportunities presented by changes in interest rates, credit ratings, or
maturity premiums.
Assumed Healthcare Cost Trend Rates at the Balance Sheet Date
Healthcare cost trend rate – initial (%)
Pre-65
Post-65
Healthcare cost trend rate – ultimate (%)
Pre-65
Post-65
Year in which ultimate rates are reached
Pre-65
Post-65
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
2021
2020
n/a
7.3 %
n/a
4.4 %
n/a
(1.1)%
n/a
4.9 %
n/a
2035
n/a
2032
13. EQUITY, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND ACCUMULATED OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Description of Capital Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of its Common Stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share. In accordance with the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each
share of Common Stock has one vote, and the Common Stock votes together as a single class.
Public Offerings of Common Stock
On June 15, 2020, the Company completed a public offering of its Common Stock (the “June 2020 Equity Offering”), in
which the Company sold 7.7 million shares of Common Stock at a price of $70.72 per share, net of underwriting discounts and
commissions. The Company obtained total net proceeds from the June 2020 Equity Offering of $548 million after the payment
of associated offering expenses. The net proceeds of the June 2020 Equity Offering were used to repay $200 million of
prophylactic borrowings from the third quarter of fiscal 2020 under Operating Company's Revolving Credit Facility, with the
remainder available for general corporate purposes. On July 10, 2020, the underwriter for the June 2020 Equity Offering
exercised its over-allotment option on 1.2 million additional shares, resulting in net proceeds of $82 million from the June 2020
Equity Offering, which was recorded in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
On February 6, 2020, the Company completed the February 2020 Equity Offering, in which the Company sold 8.4
million shares of Common Stock at a price of $58.58 per share, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company
obtained total net proceeds from the February 2020 Equity Offering of $494 million. The net proceeds of the February 2020
Equity Offering were used to repay $100 million of borrowings earlier in the quarter under Operating Company's Revolving
Credit Facility and the consideration for the MaSTherCell acquisition due at its closing, with the remainder available for general
corporate purposes.
Effect of Restricted Stock
Shares outstanding of Common Stock include shares of unvested restricted stock. Unvested restricted stock included in
reportable shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 was not material. Shares of unvested restricted stock are excluded from the
calculation of basic weighted average shares outstanding, but their dilutive impact is added back in the calculation of diluted
weighted average shares outstanding.
Redeemable Preferred Stock
In May 2019, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of its preferred stock, par value $0.01, as its “Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), pursuant to a certificate of designation of preferences, rights,
and limitations (as amended, the “Certificate of Designation”) filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, and issued and sold
650,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $650 million, to affiliates of Leonard Green
106
& Partners, L.P., each share having an initial stated value of $1,000 (as such value may be adjusted in accordance with the
terms of the Certificate of Designation). The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s Common Stock with
respect to dividend rights and rights upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of
the Company.
Proceeds from the offering of the Series A Preferred Stock, net of stock issuance costs, were $646 million, of which $40
million was allocated to the dividend-adjustment feature at its issuance and separately accounted for as a derivative liability.
Any change in the fair value of derivative liability during a fiscal quarter is recorded as a non-operating expense in the
consolidated statement of operations. See Note 10, Fair Value Measurements, for detail concerning the change in fair value
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
As described in Note 8, Earnings per Share, on the Partial Conversion Date, holders of Series A Preferred Stock
converted 265,223 shares (approximately 41% of their holdings) and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of
Common Stock. The holders received 20.33 shares of Common Stock for each converted preferred share, resulting in the
issuance of 5,392,280 shares of Common Stock. There was no gain or loss recognized upon the Partial Conversion as it
occurred in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designation. The Company has 384,777 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock that remain outstanding at June 30, 2021.
As a result of the Partial Conversion, additional paid in capital increased $253 million, which includes $4 million related
to the fair value of the portion of the derivative liability that was settled upon the Partial Conversion and $2 million related to an
unpaid accrued dividend. See Note 10, Fair Value Measurements, for detail concerning the change in fair value during the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
The components of the changes in the cumulative translation adjustment, derivatives and hedges, minimum pension
liability, and marketable securities for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 consists of:
(Dollars in millions)
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Net investment hedge
Long-term inter-company loans
Translation adjustments
Total foreign currency translation adjustments, pretax
Tax expense (benefit)
Total foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
Net change in derivatives and hedges:
Net gain (loss) recognized during the year, pretax
Tax expense (benefit)
Net change in derivatives and hedges, net of tax
Net change in minimum pension liability:
Net gain (loss) recognized during the year, pretax
Tax expense (benefit)
Net change in minimum pension liability, net of tax
Net change in marketable securities:
Net loss recognized during the year, pretax
Tax expense (benefit)
Net change in marketable securities, net of tax
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
(56) $
3
$
39
72
55
(12)
67
$
4
1
3
$
$
— $
—
— $
(1) $
—
(1) $
(9)
(25)
(31)
—
(31) $
(4) $
(1)
(3) $
4
2
2
$
$
— $
—
— $
12
(13)
(16)
(17)
2
(19)
—
—
—
(13)
(4)
(9)
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
107
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss by component and changes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and
2019 consist of:
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2018
Other comprehensive loss
before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from
Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance at June 30, 2019
Other comprehensive loss
before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from
Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance at June 30, 2020
Other comprehensive
income (loss) before
reclassifications
Foreign Curren
cy Translation
Adjustment
Pension
Liability
Adjustments
Derivatives and
Hedges
Marketable
Securities
Other
Total
$
(285) $
(40) $
— $
— $
(1) $
(326)
(19)
—
(304)
(31)
—
(335)
67
—
(9)
(49)
—
2
(47)
—
—
—
(3)
—
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
(47) $
3
— $
(1)
(1) $
—
(1) $
(19)
(9)
(354)
(34)
2
(386)
69
(317)
Balance at June 30, 2021
$
(268) $
14. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company’s stock-based compensation is comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, performance-based
restricted stock units, and restricted stock.
2014 and 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plans
In connection with the IPO, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and the holder of a majority of the shares
approved, the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan effective July 31, 2014 (the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan provided certain
members of management, employees, and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries with the opportunity to obtain various
incentives, including grants of stock options, restricted stock units (defined below), and restricted stock. In October 2018, the
Company’s shareholders approved the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), and, as a result, new awards may no
longer be issued under the 2014 Plan, although it remains in effect as to any previously granted award. The 2018 Plan is
substantially similar to the 2014 Plan, except that (a) a total of 15,600,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment)
may be issued under the 2018 Plan, (b) each share of Common Stock issuable under the 2018 Plan pursuant to a restricted stock
or restricted stock unit award will reduce the number of reserved shares by 2.25 shares, and (c) the 2018 Plan imposes a limit on
the aggregate value of awards that may be made in a single year to a non-employee director. Both the 2014 Plan and the 2018
Plan permit “net settlement” of vested awards, pursuant to which the award holder forfeits a portion of the vested award to
satisfy the purchase price (in the case of options), the holder’s withholding tax obligation, if any (in all cases), or both. Where
the holder net-settles the tax obligation, the Company pays the amount of the withholding tax to the U.S. government in cash,
which is accounted for as an adjustment to Additional Paid in Capital.
Stock Compensation Expense
Stock compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was $51 million, $48 million, and
$33 million in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Stock compensation expense is classified in selling, general, and
administrative expenses as well as cost of sales. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.
108
Stock Options
Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan or 2018 Plan, as applicable, during fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 had an
intrinsic value of $5 million, $6 million, and $24 million, respectively, which represents approximately 231,000, 329,000, and
1,179,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively. Each stock option granted under the 2014 Plan or 2018 Plan vests in equal
annual installments over a four-year period from the date of grant, contingent upon the participant’s continued employment
with the Company, except for a small number of grants that vest based on the achievement of operating performance targets set
forth in the award documents.
Methodology and Assumptions
All outstanding stock options have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of one share of Common
Stock on the date of grant. All outstanding stock options have a contractual term of 10 years, subject to forfeiture under certain
conditions upon separation of employment. The grant-date fair value is recognized as expense on a graded-vesting basis over
the vesting period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model for
service and performance-based awards, and an adaptation of the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model, which takes
into consideration the internal rate of return thresholds, for market-based awards. This model adaptation is essentially
equivalent to the use of a path dependent-lattice model.
The weighted average of assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted during each year were as
follows:
Expected volatility
Expected life (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
2021
27%
6.25
0.3%
None
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2020
23 %- 24%
6.25
1.7 %- 1.9%
None
2019
22 %- 24%
6.25
2.2 %- 2.8%
None
Public trading of the Common Stock commenced only in July 2014, and, as a result, there is only available limited
relevant historical volatility experience; therefore, the expected volatility assumption is based on the historical volatility of the
closing share prices of a comparable peer group. The Company selected peer companies from the pharmaceutical industry with
similar characteristics, including market capitalization, number of employees and product focus. In addition, since the Company
does not have a pattern of exercise behavior of option holders, the Company used the simplified method to determine the
expected life of each option, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free
interest-rate for the expected life of the option is based on the comparable U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of
grant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $24.36 per share, $15.22
per share, and $9.49 per share, respectively.
The following table summarizes stock option activity and shares subject to outstanding options for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2021:
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Number
of Shares
Time
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Number
of Shares
Performance
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding as of June 30, 2020
$
35.53 1,997,888
8.63
$76,229,381
85,482
5.01
$ 2,453,938
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired / Canceled
Outstanding as of June 30, 2021
Vest and expected to vest as of June 30, 2021
88.10
26.25
48.83
41.16
231,352
870,210
73,855
5,001
49.77 1,280,174
49.77 1,280,174
Vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2021
$
38.14
480,235
—
—
— 63,527,893
—
—
—
—
4.92
4.92
6.69
74,696,700
74,696,700
$33,607,419
—
2,492
82,990
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.00
0.00
0.00
$
—
222,251
—
—
—
—
—
In fiscal 2021, participants exercised options to purchase approximately 726,000 net settled shares, resulting in $27
million of cash paid on behalf of participants for withholding taxes. The intrinsic value of the options exercised in fiscal 2021
was $64 million. The total fair value of options vested during the period was $7 million.
109
In fiscal 2020, participants exercised options to purchase approximately 166,000 net settled shares, resulting in $7 million
of cash paid on behalf of participants for withholding taxes. The intrinsic value of the options exercised in fiscal 2020 was $18
million. The total fair value of options vested during the period was $4 million.
As of June 30, 2021, $2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to granted and not forfeited stock options is
expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.8 years.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
The Company may grant to employees and members of its board of directors under the 2018 Plan (and formerly granted
under the 2014 Plan) shares of restricted stock and units each representing the right to one share of Common Stock (“restricted
stock units”). Since the IPO, the Company has granted to employees and directors restricted stock units and restricted stock that
vest over specified periods as well as restricted stock units and restricted stock that have certain performance-related vesting
requirements (“performance stock units” and “performance stock,” respectively). The restricted stock and restricted stock units
granted during fiscal 2021 and 2020 had grant date fair values aggregating $47 million and $43 million, respectively, which
represent approximately 502,000 and 748,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively. Under the 2014 Plan or 2018 Plan, as
appropriate, the performance stock and performance stock units vest upon achieving Company financial performance metrics
established at the outset of the three-year performance period associated with each grant. The metrics for the fiscal 2019, 2020,
and 2021 performance stock and performance stock unit grants were based on performance against a mix of adjusted EPS
targets and relative total shareholder return (“RTSR”) targets. Note that adjusted EPS is calculated as a quotient of tax-effected
Adjusted EBITDA by the weighted average number of fully diluted shares, a financial measure that is not defined under U.S.
GAAP and is subject to important limitations. The performance stock and performance stock units vest following the end of
their respective three-year performance periods upon a determination of achievement relative to the targets. Each quarter during
the period in which the performance stock and performance stock units are outstanding, the Company estimates the likelihood
of such achievement by the end of the performance period in order to determine the probability of vesting. The number of
shares actually earned at the end of the three-year period for the fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021 grants will vary, based only on
actual performance, from 0% to 200%, or from 0% to 150%, of the target number of performance stock or performance stock
units specified on the date of grant, in the case of adjusted EPS and RTSR grants, respectively. Time-based restricted stock
units and restricted stock generally vest on the second or third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the participant’s
continued employment with the Company.
Methodology and Assumptions - Expense Recognition and Grant Date Fair Value
The fair values of (a) time-based restricted stock units and restricted stock are recognized as expense on a cliff-vesting
schedule over the applicable vesting period and (b) performance shares and performance share units are re-assessed quarterly as
discussed above.
The grant date fair values of both time-based and performance-based shares and units are determined based on the
number of shares subject to the grants and the fair value of the Common Stock on the dates of the grants, as determined by the
closing market prices.
110
Time-Based Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock
The following table summarizes activity in unvested time-based restricted stock units and restricted stock for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2021:
Unvested as of June 30, 2020
Granted
Vested
Cancelled/forfeited/adjusted
Unvested as of June 30, 2021
Time-Based Units and
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
1,081,648
$
283,495
492,274
108,513
764,356
47.45
93.58
43.62
57.85
65.54
Adjusted EPS and RTSR-Based Performance Share Units and Performance Shares
The following table summarizes activity in unvested performance share units and performance shares for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2021:
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2020
Target Number Granted
Target Number Vested
Target Number Cancelled/forfeited/adjusted
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2021
Performance-Based
Units and Shares
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
516,416
$
113,376
259,730
(22,033)
392,095
$
43.37
88.57
36.27
47.47
58.16
Valuation of RTSR Performance Shares and Performance Share Units
The fair value of each RTSR performance share unit and performance share is determined using the Monte Carlo pricing
model because the number of shares to be awarded is subject to a market condition. The Monte Carlo simulation is a generally
accepted statistical technique used to simulate a range of possible future outcomes. Because the valuation model considers a
range of possible outcomes, compensation cost is recognized regardless of whether the market condition is actually satisfied.
111
The assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the RTSR performance share units and performance shares granted
during each year were as follows:
Expected volatility
Expected life (in years)
Risk-free interest rates
Dividend yield
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
39 %- 42%
2.4 - 2.9
0.1 %- 0.2%
None
2020
30 %- 31%
2.4 - 2.9
1.5 %- 1.8%
None
The following table summarizes activity in unvested RTSR performance share units and performance shares for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2021:
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2020
Target Number Granted
Target Number Vested
Target Number Cancelled/forfeited/adjusted
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2021
RTSR Units
and Shares
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
427,903
$
105,449
202,805
3,519
327,028
$
49.02
101.42
38.63
56.58
68.92
In fiscal 2021, participants vested and settled 671,000 net settled shares, resulting in $31 million of cash paid on behalf of
participants for withholding taxes. In fiscal 2020, participants vested and settled 734,000 net settled shares, resulting in $24
million of cash paid on behalf of participants for withholding taxes.
As of June 30, 2021, $54 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock and restricted stock units
(including performance shares and performance share units, respectively) is expected to be recognized as expense over a
weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock and
restricted stock units in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $94.19, $57.17, and $44.65, respectively. The fair value of restricted
stock units vested in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $39 million, $35 million, and $13 million, respectively.
15. OTHER EXPENSE, NET
The components of other expense, net for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Other (income) expense, net
Debt refinancing costs (1)
Foreign currency (gains) and losses (2)
Other (3)
Total other expense, net
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
$
18
5
(20)
3
$
$
16
(3)
(5)
8
$
$
16
—
(13)
3
(1) Debt refinancing costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 includes (a) a write-off of $4 million of previously
capitalized financing charges related to the Company’s repaid Term B-2 Loans and the 2026 Notes, (b) $3 million of
financing charges related to the Company’s Term B-3 Loans, and (c) an $11 million premium on early redemption
of the 2026 Notes.
Debt financing costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 includes (x) a write-off of $6 million of previously
capitalized financing charges related to the Company's repaid euro-denominated term loans under its senior secured
credit facilities and the Company's redeemed 2024 Notes, and (y) a $10 million premium on early redemption of the
2024 Notes.
Debt financing costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 includes $16 million of financing charges related to the
offering of the 2028 Notes.
(2) Foreign currency (gains) and losses include both cash and non-cash transactions.
112
(3) Other, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 includes, in part, total realized and unrealized gain of $17
million and $3 million, respectively, related to the fair value of the derivative liability associated with the Series A
Preferred Stock.
16. LEASES
The Company leases certain manufacturing and office facilities, land, vehicles, and equipment. The terms of these leases
vary widely, although most have terms between 3 and 10 years.
In accordance with ASC 842, Leases, the Company recognizes a “right-of-use” asset and related lease liability at the
commencement date of each lease based on the present value of the fixed lease payments over the expected lease term. The
lease term for this purpose will include any renewal period where the Company determines that it is reasonably certain that it
will exercise the option to renew. While certain leases also permit the Company to terminate the lease in advance of the
nominal term upon payment of an associated penalty, the Company generally does not take into account potential early
termination dates in its determination of the lease term as it is reasonably certain not to exercise an early-termination option as
of the lease commencement date.
The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, which represents the interest rate the Company would expect to pay on
a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments under similar terms, in order to calculate the present
value of a lease, when the implicit discount rate for its leases is not readily determinable.
Fixed lease payments are recognized on straight-line basis over the lease term, while variable payments are recognized in
the period incurred. As permitted by ASC 842, the Company has elected not to separate those components of a lease agreement
not related to the leasing of an asset from those components that are related.
The Company does not record leases with an initial lease term of 12 months or less on its consolidated balance sheets.
The Company recognizes lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
113
Supplemental information concerning the leases recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of June 30,
2021 is detailed in the following table:
(Dollars in millions)
Right-of-use assets:
Finance leases
Operating leases
Current lease liabilities:
Finance leases
Operating leases
Non-current lease liabilities:
Finance leases
Operating leases
Line item in the consolidated balance sheet
Balance at
June 30, 2021
Property, plant, and equipment, net
$
Other long-term assets
Current portion of long-term obligations and other
short-term borrowings
Other accrued liabilities
Long-term obligations, less current portion
Other liabilities
$
139
84
15
16
178
73
The components of the net lease costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 reflected in the Company's consolidated
statement of operations were as follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Financing lease costs:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Total
Operating lease costs
Variable lease costs
Total lease costs
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021
$
$
16
11
27
29
10
66
The short-term lease cost amounted to $4 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate related to the Company's right-of-use
assets and lease liabilities as of June 30, 2021 are as follows:
Weighted average remaining lease term (years):
Finance leases
Operating leases
Weighted average discount rate:
Finance leases
Operating leases
12.6
11.8
7.2 %
4.8 %
Supplemental information concerning the cash-flow impact arising from the Company's leases for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2021 recorded in the Company's unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows is detailed in the following table (in
114
millions):
Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities:
Financing cash flows used for finance leases
Operating cash flows used for finance leases
Operating cash flows used for operating leases
Non-cash transactions:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
$
$
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021
As of June 30, 2021, the Company expects that its future minimum lease payments will become due and payable as
follows:
(Dollars in millions)
Financing Leases
Operating Leases
Total
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less: interest
Total lease liabilities
$
$
26
25
24
22
18
175
290
97
$
18 $
17
14
11
9
52
121
32
193
$
89 $
15
10
21
57
13
44
42
38
33
27
227
411
129
282
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingent Losses
From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business,
including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations
in connection with acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the
cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of any of which could be significant. The Company intends
to vigorously defend itself against any such litigation and does not currently believe that the outcome of any such litigation will
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the healthcare industry is highly regulated
and government agencies continue to scrutinize certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise.
From time to time, the Company receives subpoenas or requests for information relating to the business practices and
activities of customers or suppliers from various governmental agencies or private parties, including from state attorneys
general, the U.S. Department of Justice, and private parties engaged in patent infringement, antitrust, tort, and other litigation.
The Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, which responses sometimes
require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred. The Company expects to incur costs in
future periods in connection with future requests.
18. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
As discussed in Note 1, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company conducts its
business within the following segments: Biologics, Softgel and Oral Technologies, Oral and Specialty Delivery, and Clinical
Supply Services. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment revenue and segment earnings
before non-controlling interest, other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax (benefit)
expense, and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”). The Company considers its reporting segments results in the
context of a similar Company-wide measure: EBITDA from operations, which the Company defines as consolidated earnings
from operations before interest expense, income tax (benefit) expense, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the income or
loss attributable to non-controlling interest. Neither Segment EBITDA nor EBITDA from operations is defined under U.S.
115
GAAP, and neither is a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S.
GAAP. Each of these non-GAAP measures is subject to important limitations. These consolidated financial statements include
information concerning Segment EBITDA and EBITDA from operations (a) because Segment EBITDA and EBITDA from
operations are operational measures used by management in the assessment of the operating segments, the allocation of
resources to the segments, and the setting of strategic goals and annual goals for the segments, and (b) in order to provide
supplemental information that the Company considers relevant for the readers of the consolidated financial statements, but such
information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures. The Company’s presentation of Segment EBITDA and
EBITDA from operations may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. The most directly
comparable U.S. GAAP measure to EBITDA from operations is net earnings. Included in this Note is a reconciliation of net
earnings to EBITDA from operations.
The following tables include net revenue and Segment EBITDA for each of the Company's current reporting segments
during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019:
(Dollars in millions)
Net revenue:
Biologics
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Oral and Specialty Delivery
Clinical Supply Services
Inter-segment revenue elimination
Net revenue
(Dollars in millions)
Segment EBITDA reconciled to net earnings:
Biologics
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Oral and Specialty Delivery
Clinical Supply Services
Subtotal
Reconciling items to net earnings
Unallocated costs (1)
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense, net
Income tax expense
Net earnings
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
1,928
$
1,021
$
1,012
686
391
(19)
1,062
676
345
(10)
573
1,039
598
322
(14)
$
$
$
$
3,998
$
3,094
$
2,518
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
$
608
237
160
108
$
237
257
201
91
1,113
$
786
$
1
(289)
(110)
(130)
(146)
(254)
(126)
(39)
585
$
221
$
147
236
175
85
643
(143)
(229)
(111)
(23)
137
(1) Unallocated costs include restructuring and special items, stock-based compensation, gain (loss) on sale of
subsidiary, impairment charges, certain other corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the
segments as follows:
116
(Dollars in millions)
Impairment charges and gain (loss) on sale of assets
Stock-based compensation
Restructuring and other special items (a)
Gain (loss) on sale of subsidiary (b)
Other expense, net (c)
Non-allocated corporate costs, net
Total unallocated costs
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
(9) $
(5) $
(51)
(31)
182
(3)
(87)
(48)
(42)
(1)
(8)
(42)
1
$
(146) $
(5)
(33)
(58)
—
(3)
(44)
(143)
$
$
(a)
Restructuring and other special items for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 include transaction and integration
costs associated with the Anagni, MaSTherCell, Skeletal, Delphi, and Acorda acquisitions, and restructuring costs
associated with the closure of the Company's Clinical Supply Services facility in Bolton, U.K.
Restructuring and other special items during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 include transaction and integration
costs associated with the Company’s cell and gene therapy acquisitions and the disposal of a facility in Australia.
Restructuring and other special items during fiscal 2019 include transaction and integration costs associated with
the acquisitions of Paragon Bioservices, Inc. and Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and the disposal of a facility in
Australia.
(b) Gain on sale of subsidiary for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 is affiliated with the sale of the Blow-Fill-Seal
Business. Loss on sale of subsidiary for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 is affiliated with the disposal of the
Australia facility.
(c)
Refer to Note 15, Other expense, net, for details of financing charges and foreign currency translation adjustments
recorded within other expense, net.
117
The following table includes total assets for each segment, as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts
reported in the consolidated balance sheets.
Total Assets
(Dollars in millions)
Biologics
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Oral and Specialty Delivery
Clinical Supply Services
Corporate and eliminations
Total assets
Capital Expenditures
(Dollars in millions)
Biologics
Softgel and Oral Technologies
Oral and Specialty Delivery
Clinical Supply Services
Corporate
Total capital expenditures
The following table presents long-lived assets(1) by geographic area:
(Dollars in millions)
United States
Europe
Other
Total
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
$
4,973
$
1,604
1,269
483
783
$
9,112
$
3,775
1,502
1,248
451
801
7,777
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2021
2020
2019
516
$
330
$
61
64
26
19
54
55
10
17
79
83
29
3
24
686
$
466
$
218
$
$
Long-Lived Assets (1)
June 30, 2021
June 30, 2020
$
$
1,867
$
541
116
2,524
$
1,396
405
100
1,901
(1)
Long-lived assets include property, plant, and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation.
19. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Supplemental balance sheet information at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 is detailed in the following tables.
Inventories
Work-in-process and inventories include raw materials, labor, and overhead. Total inventories consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
Raw materials and supplies
Work-in-process
Total inventories, gross
Inventory cost adjustment
Total inventories
Prepaid expenses and other
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2020
$
$
469
151
620
(57)
563
$
$
223
123
346
(22)
324
118
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
Prepaid expenses
Contract assets
Spare parts supplies
Prepaid income tax
Non-U.S. value-added tax
Other current assets
Total prepaid expenses and other
Property, plant, and equipment, net
Property, plant, and equipment, net consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
Land, buildings, and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Construction in progress
Property and equipment, at cost
Accumulated depreciation
Property, plant, and equipment, net
Other long-term assets
Other long-term assets consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
Operating lease right-of-use-assets
Note receivable
Pension assets
Corporate-owned life insurance policies
Venture capital investments
Interest rate swap
Other
Total other long-term assets
Other accrued liabilities
Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
Contract liability
Accrued employee-related expenses
Accrued expenses
Operating lease liabilities
Restructuring accrual
Accrued interest
Accrued income tax
Total other accrued liabilities
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2020
$
46
$
181
30
22
50
47
29
61
23
15
19
31
$
376
$
178
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2020
$
1,571
$
1,558
31
543
3,703
(1,179)
$
2,524
$
1,251
1,233
21
440
2,945
(1,044)
1,901
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2020
84
47
43
35
38
2
19
$
101
—
32
23
5
—
13
268
$
174
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2020
$
$
$
$
305
184
170
16
4
27
30
191
141
115
15
3
29
5
499
$
736
$
119
20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Bettera Holdings, LLC Purchase Agreement
In August 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Bettera Holdings, LLC ("Bettera") for $1.00 billion,
subject to customary adjustments. Bettera is a manufacturer of nutraceuticals and nutritional supplements in gummy, soft chew,
and lozenge delivery formats. Upon closing, Bettera’s operations and facilities, will become part of the Company’s Softgel and
Oral Technologies segment. The agreement is subject to customary closing conditions and is expected to close before
December 31, 2021.
120
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in
our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief
Executive Officer, and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Our management, with the participation of our Chief
Executive Officer, and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based upon that
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June
30, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to accomplish their objectives at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting.
Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of our management and directors; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or
disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because either conditions change or the degree of compliance with our policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021. In
making this assessment, management used the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, our management
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2021.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021 has been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which is included in Item 8. Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data in this Annual Report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
121
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT
INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning our Directors and Executive Officers, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance,” definitive shareholder communications with our board of directors, and corporate governance may be found in
our Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after June 30, 2021, the close of our fiscal year covered by this
Annual Report. Such information is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information concerning executive compensation may be found in the Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120
days after June 30, 2021, the close of our fiscal year covered by this Annual Report. Such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management may be found in the Proxy
Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after June 30, 2021, the close of our fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.
Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
Information regarding certain relationships and related-party transactions and director independence may be found in the
Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after June 30, 2021, the close of our fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information regarding the fees paid to and services performed by our independent accountants may be found in the Proxy
Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after June 30, 2021, the close of our fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.
Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
122
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Financial Statements. The Financial Statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements are filed under Item 8.
(a)(1)
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.
Financial Statements Schedule. The valuation allowance for credit losses is not material to the Company's consolidated
(a)(2)
balance sheets.
Deferred Tax Assets - Valuation Allowance
(Dollars in millions)
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2019
Tax valuation allowance
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
Tax valuation allowance
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
Tax valuation allowance
(b)
Exhibits.
Beginning Balance
Current Period
(Charge) Benefit
Deductions and
Other
Ending Balance
$
$
$
(86) $
11
$
(1) $
(76)
(76) $
21
$
2
$
(53)
(53) $
6
$
(18) $
(65)
The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other
disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves and you should not rely on
them for that purpose. In particular, any representation or warranty made by us in these agreements or other documents were
made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as
of the date they were made or at any other time.
Exhibit No.
Description
2.1
3.1
3.2
3.2.1
3.3
4.1
4.1.1
4.2
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2020, among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., Orgenesis Inc.
and GPP-II Masthercell, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on May 5, 2020).
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Catalent, Inc., as filed with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware on October 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 6, 2018).
Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Par
Value $0.01 Per Share, of Catalent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2019).
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share, of Catalent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit
3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 13, 2019).
Bylaws of Catalent, Inc., effective October 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 6, 2018).
Indenture, dated June 27, 2019, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named
therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2019).
Form of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2027 (included as part of Exhibit 4.1 above).
Indenture, dated March 2, 2020, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named
therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as principal paying
agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as transfer agent and registrar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2020).
4.2.1
Form of 2.375% Senior Notes due 2028 (included as part of Exhibit 4.2 above).
123
4.3
4.3.1
4.4
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.4.1
10.4.2
10.5.1
10.5.1.1
10.5.2
10.5.2.1
10.5.3
10.5.4
10.5.5
10.5.5.1
10.5.6
10.5.6.1
10.5.7
10.5.7.1
10.5.8
10.5.8.1
Indenture, dated February 22, 2021, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors
named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2021).
Form of 3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (included as part of Exhibit 4.3 above).
Description of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 27, 2019).
Catalent, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2014). †
Catalent, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2018). †
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November
6, 2017). †
Amendment to the Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 28,
2017). †
Amendment No. 2 to the Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective October 16,
2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on
November 6, 2017). †
Form of Stock Option Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2014). †
Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2014). †
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2014). †
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2014). †
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for U.S. Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 31, 2020). †
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 28, 2017). †
Form of Performance Restricted Stock Agreement for U.S. Employees (for the performance period July 1, 2018
through June 30, 2021) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K filed on August 28, 2018). †
Form of Performance Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-U.S. Employees (for the performance period July 1,
2018 through June 30, 2021) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed on August 28, 2018). †
Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by
reference to exhibit 10.40 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2019). †
Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for non-U.S. Employees (incorporated
by reference to exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2019). †
Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Option Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to
exhibit 10.44 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2019). †
Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Option Agreement for non-U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to
exhibit 10.45 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2019). †
Form of the Performance Share Unit Agreement for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2019). †
Form of the Performance Share Unit Agreement for Non-U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2019). †
124
10.6
10.7
10.7.1
10.7.2
10.7.3
10.7.4
10.7.5
10.8
10.8.1
10.9
10.10
Summary of Management Incentive Plan for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 (incorporated by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 3, 2020). †
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as
of April 10, 2007, as amended, among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC,
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and
other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2014).
Amendment No. 1, dated December 1, 2014 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20,
2014 among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,
Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2,
2014).
Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2016, by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as
administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and the lenders party thereto, which amends that
certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and JP
Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as L/C Issuers, the other lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12,
2016).
Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2017, by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as
administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and the lenders party thereto, which amends that
certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as L/C Issuers, the other lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 18,
2017).
Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as
administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and the lenders party thereto, which amends that
certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as L/C Issuers, the other lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22,
2019).
Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and among
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the
administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other
parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014
(as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit
issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2021).
Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal
Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Catalent Pharma Solutions,
Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007).
Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Intellectual Property
Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS
Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior
Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed on September 29, 2008).
Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among Catalent, Inc., Green Equity Investors VII,
L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VII, L.P., LGP Associates VII-A LLC and LGP Associates VII-B LLC
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2019).
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among Catalent, Inc., Green Equity Investors
VII, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VII, L.P., LGP Associates VII-A LLC and LGP Associates VII-B LLC
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2019).
125
10.11
10.12
10.12.1
10.12.2
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.15.1
10.16
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
101.1
Form of Severance Agreement between named executive officers and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
filed on September 17, 2010). †
Employment Agreement, dated October 22, 2014 by and among Catalent, Inc. and John R. Chiminski
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24,
2014). †
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated August 23, 2017, by and between Catalent, Inc. and John R.
Chiminski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
August 28, 2017). †
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated August 11, 2020, by and between Catalent, Inc. and John
R. Chiminski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
on August 31, 2020). †
Offer letter, dated March 13, 2018, between Steven Fasman and Catalent Pharma Solutions Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 27, 2019) † *
Offer letter, dated November 20, 2019, between Karen Flynn and Catalent Pharma Solutions Inc. † *
Terms and Conditions of Employment Statement, dated February 1, 2018, between Alessandro Maselli and
Catalent Pharma Solutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K filed on August 27, 2019). †
Offer letter, dated January 31, 2019, between Alessandro Maselli and Catalent Pharma Solutions (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 27, 2019). †
Offer letter, dated May 10, 2021, between Thomas Castellano and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2021). †
Subsidiaries of the Registrant. *
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. *
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. *
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. *
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
The following materials are formatted in inline XBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the
Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. *
104
The cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.1.
* Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
† Represents a management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are
eligible to participate.
126
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Registrants may voluntarily include a summary of information required by Form 10-K under this Item 16. We elect not to
include such summary information.
127
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: August 30, 2021
By:
/s/ RICKY HOPSON
CATALENT, INC.
Ricky Hopson
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
128
Signature
/s/ JOHN R. CHIMINSKI
John R. Chiminski
Title
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
and Director
Date
8/30/2021
/s/ MADHAVAN BALACHANDRAN
Director
8/30/2021
Madhavan Balachandran
/s/ MICHAEL J. BARBER
Michael J. Barber
/s/ J. MARTIN CARROLL
J. Martin Carroll
/s/ ROLF CLASSON
Rolf Classon
/s/ ROSEMARY A. CRANE
Rosemary A. Crane
/s/ JOHN J. GREISCH
John J. Greisch
/s/ CHRISTA KREUZBURG
Christa Kreuzburg
/s/ GREGORY T. LUCIER
Gregory T. Lucier
/s/ DONALD E. MOREL, JR.
Donald E. Morel, Jr.
/s/ JACK STAHL
Jack Stahl
/s/ PETER ZIPPELIUS
Peter Zippelius
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
/s/ THOMAS CASTELLANO
Thomas Castellano
Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
129
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
8/30/2021
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
transfer agent
& registrar:
For information or assistance
regarding individual stock
records, contact your broker
or the Company’s transfer
agent, Computershare. You
may reach Computershare
at +1 (877) 373-6374.
stock exchange listing:
The Company’s common
stock is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange under
the ticker symbol CTLT.
forward-looking
statements:
This annual report contains certain
forward-looking statements that
are based largely on the Company’s
current expectations. Forward-
looking statements are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could
cause actual performance or results
to differ materially from those
expressed in the forward-looking
statements. For more information
about these forward-looking
statements and risks, please refer
to pages 3-5 and 24-38 of our
Annual Report on Form 10-K that
is part of this Annual Report.
corporate governance:
Information and documents
concerning our corporate
governance practices, including
copies of our Standards of Business
Conduct, Committee Charters
and Corporate Governance
Guidelines, are available on our
Investor Relations website at
http://investor.catalent.com.
Corporate Information
board of directors
company executives
John Chiminski
chair of the board
Madhavan Balachandran1 2
Michael J. Barber2 3
J. Martin Carroll1 5
Rolf Classon3 4
Rosemary A. Crane1 4
John J. Greisch3 4
Christa Kreuzburg, Ph.D.1 2
Gregory T. Lucier3 5
Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.2
Jack Stahl4 5 6
Peter Zippelius
1 Indicates Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee member
2 Indicates Quality and Regulatory
Compliance Committee member
3 Indicates Compensation and
Leadership Committee member
4 Indicates Audit Committee member
5 Indicates Mergers and Acquisitions
Committee member
6 Indicates Lead Director
investor relations
Catalent encourages those
seeking additional information
to visit the Company’s website,
http://investor.catalent.com.
Prospective and current
investors may also contact:
Paul Surdez
vice president,
investor relations
John Chiminski
chief executive off icer
Alessandro Maselli
president & chief
operating off icer
Thomas Castellano
senior vice president &
chief f inancial off icer
Jonathan Arnold
president,
oral & specialty delivery
Steven Fasman
senior vice president,
general counsel & secretary
Karen Flynn
president,
biologics & chief
commercial off icer
Aristippos Gennadios, Ph.D.
president,
softgel & oral technologies
Michael J. Grippo
senior vice president,
strategy & corporate
development
Scott Gunther
senior vice president,
quality & regulatory affairs
Ricardo Pravda
senior vice president & chief
human resources off icer
Kay Schmidt
senior vice president,
technical operations
Ricci Whitlow
president,
clinical supply services
phone +1 732 537 6325
email investors@catalent.com
global headquarters
14 Schoolhouse Road
Somerset NJ 08873 USA
global +1 866 720 3148
eu 00800 88 55 6178
www.catalent.com
solutions@catalent.com
more products.
better treatments.
reliably supplied.™
˝ 2021 Catalent, Inc.
All rights reserved.
50+ facilities
on 4 continents
More than 1,000
customers in
80 countries
70+ billion doses
branded, generic, consumer health
23
24
87
of top 25 generics
of top 25 biotechs
of top 100 branded drug marketers
1,400
nearly
new development programs